ILINK TELECOM INC
SB-2, 1999-08-10
Previous: MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER TOTAL MARKET INDEX FUND, 497, 1999-08-10
Next: DVI RECEIVABLES CORP VIII, 8-K, 1999-08-10




As filed with the Commission on August 9, 1999       File No. 333-____

                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
FINAL
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)


<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                 <C>
               Nevada                                 3661                              98-0207906
- ------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
  (State or other jurisdiction of         (Primary Standard Industrial               (I.R.S. Employer
   incorporation or organization)             Classification Code)                 Identification No.)
- ------------------------------------  ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
</TABLE>

1177 West  Hastings  Street,  Suite 1910,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia V6E 2K3
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

1177 West Hastings Street, Suite 1910, Vancouver, British Columbia V6E 2K3
(Address of principal place of business or intended principal place of business)

                      Amar Bahadoorsingh, President and CEO
                               iLink Telecom, Inc.
                            1177 West Hastings Street
                                   Suite 1910
                       Vancouver, British Columbia V6E 2K3
                                  604-717-1110
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                    Copy to:
                               Daniel B. Eng, Esq.
                               Roger D. Linn, Esq.
                           Bartel Eng Linn & Schroder
                          300 Capitol Mall, Suite 1100
                          Sacramento, California 95814
                             Telephone: 916-442-0400

Approximate  date of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable  after
the registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the  following box. [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,  please check the following  blocks and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]



<PAGE>i



If delivery  of the  prospectus  is  expected  to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

                              CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE ]

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>

                                                        Proposed        Proposed
                                                         maximum         maximum      Amount of
Title of each class of                  Amount to    offering price     aggregate   registration
securities to be registered           be registered     per share    offering price      fee
- ------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock to be offered for resale
by Selling Stockholder upon conversion
of Series A Preferred Stock              58,000         $  5.00 (1)     $290,000      $ 81.00
- ------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
Total                                    58,000            ----         $290,000       $81.00
- ------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Fee  calculated in  accordance  with Rule 457(c) of the  Securities  Act of
     1933,  as amended  ("Securities  Act").  Estimated  for the sole purpose of
     calculating the  registration  fee and based upon the average  quotation of
     the high and low price per share of iLink's  Common Stock on July 31, 1999,
     as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board.

The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  registration  statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>ii



                                     iLink Telecom, Inc.
                                    CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
                            Pursuant to Item 501 of Regulation S-B

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>

Registration Statement
Item Number and Caption                                       Prospectus Caption
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.  Front of Registration Statement and Outside
    Front Cover Page of Prospectus..............................Outside Front Cover

2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
    Prospectus..................................................Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages


3.  Summary Information and Risk Factors........................Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors


4.  Use of Proceeds.............................................Use of Proceeds

5.  Determination of Offering Price.............................Plan of Distribution; Selling Stockholder

6.  Dilution....................................................Not Applicable

7.  Selling Security Holders...................................Selling Stockholder

8.  Plan of Distribution.......................................Plan of Distribution; Selling Stockholder

9.  Legal Proceedings..........................................Legal Proceedings

                                                               Management; Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
10. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and               Owners and Management; Certain Relationships and
    Control Persons............................................Related Transactions

11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
    Owners and Management......................................Principal Stockholders

12. Description of Securities..................................Description of Capital Stock

13. Interest of Named Experts and Counsel......................Experts; Legal Matters

14. Disclosure of Commission Position on
    Indemnification for Securities Act Liabi...................Management

15. Organization Within Last Five Years........................Business

16. Description of Business....................................Prospectus Summary; Business

17. Management's Discussion and                               Management's Discussion and Analysis and
    Analysis or Plan of Operation.............................Plan of Operation

18. Description of Property...................................Property


<PAGE>iii



Registration Statement
Item Number and Caption                                               Prospectus Caption
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

19. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...............Certain Relationships and Related Transactions


20. Market for Common Equity and Related
    Stockholder Matters..........................................Price Range of Common Stock

21. Executive Compensation.......................................Executive Compensation

22. Financial Statements.........................................Financial Statements

23. Change In and Disagreements With Accountants
    or Accounting and Financial Disclosure.......................Not Applicable

</TABLE>

     Information  contained  herein is subject to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  Prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any state in which such offer, solicitation,  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state.


<PAGE>1



PROSPECTUS                                               Subject to Completion
                                                             August __, 1999


                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                ----------------


        A stockholder of iLink Telecom, Inc. ("iLink" or "we") is offering up to
58,000 shares of iLink Common Stock for resale.  The Selling  Stockholder may be
reselling  shares of Common Stock which it will acquire upon the  conversion  of
outstanding  shares of iLink  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  For more
information,  please refer to the sections  entitled  "The  Offering,"  "Plan of
Distribution" and "Selling Stockholder."

        We will not  receive  any  proceeds  from the resale of shares of Common
Stock by the Selling Stockholder. We will pay for expenses of this offering.

        iLink's  Common  Stock is quoted  on the OTC  Bulletin  Board  under the
symbol  "ILTEE." On August 5, 1999,  the closing bid  quotation for one share of
Common Stock was $4.12.  Our Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock is not quoted
or traded on any exchange or quotation system.

        All dollar amounts refer to US dollars unless otherwise indicated.

                        --------------------------------

        Our  business is subject to many risks and an  investment  in our Common
Stock will also involve  significant  risks. You should  carefully  consider the
various  Risk  Factors  described  beginning  on page 5 before  investing in the
Common Stock.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange  Commission nor any State Securities
Commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this
Prospectus  is truthful or  complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

                        --------------------------------




                 The date of this Prospectus is August __, 1999.




<PAGE>2



                                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>

                                                                                          Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY...........................................................................3

RISK FACTORS.................................................................................5

THE OFFERING................................................................................10

USE OF PROCEEDS.............................................................................10

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK.................................................................11

DIVIDEND POLICY.............................................................................11

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS AND PLAN OF OPERATIONS.................................12

BUSINESS....................................................................................14

PROPERTY....................................................................................21

MANAGEMENT..................................................................................22

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION......................................................................23

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.......................................................................26

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS..............................................27

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION........................................................................28

SELLING STOCKHOLDER.........................................................................29

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK................................................................30

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...........................................................................31

LEGAL MATTERS...............................................................................31

EXPERTS.....................................................................................31

AVAILABLE INFORMATION.......................................................................31

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES..........................................................32

</TABLE>



<PAGE>3



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This  summary  highlights   information   contained  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.  This  summary  is not  complete  and  does not  contain  all of the
information  that you should consider before  investing in our Common Stock. You
should  carefully  read the  entire  Prospectus,  including  the  documents  and
information   incorporated  by  reference  into  it.  This  Prospectus  contains
forward-looking   statements  that  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties,
including those risk factors discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Our Business

        We   are   engaged   in   the   business   of    providing    customized
telecommunications  switching solutions.  We are developing prepaid calling card
products for retail and wholesale markets through voice over the Internet and we
are also in the process of applying for a personal communications system ("PCS")
license  which,  if  granted,  will  give  us  the  right  to  provide  wireless
communications  in Trinidad and Tobago.  At present we are a  development  stage
company  in the  process  of  establishing  our  business.  We began to  realize
revenues  in March  1999 as a  result  of  services  provided  at our  switching
facility.

        We have an agreement with BCT.Telus  Communications Inc., Canada's third
largest telephone utility,  where they are routing their  long-distance  calling
card  traffic  through our  switching  platform in Calgary,  Alberta (the "iLink
Network"). Our switching platform provides interactive voice response ("IVR") to
the user so that calls may be handled  without  incurring labor costs. We are in
the  process of  manufacturing,  distributing  and  marketing  our own  pre-paid
calling cards in Canada and the United States. These cards will allow purchasers
to  place  long  distance  telephone  calls on the  iLink  Network  through  our
switching  platforms  located in  Calgary,  Alberta  and our  future  facilities
planned  in  Vancouver,  British  Columbia,  and New York,  New York.  Our first
pre-paid  calling  cards are  expected  to go on sale in  September,  1999.  Our
Calgary switching  platform has a current capacity of 69,032 minutes per day and
we intend to expand this capacity concurrent with increased demand.

        We plan to expand our  business to include  voice-over-Internet-protocol
communications  ("VoIP") which would allow for long distance  communication  via
the Internet.  By dividing the raw data derived from conversations into discrete
packets  of  information  (i.e.  a  syllable)  having  a unique  identifier  and
destination  address  this data  would be routed  through  the  Internet  to the
destination  address where it would be converted  into real audio.  Because most
Internet calls are local, there would be no long distance charges so the user of
VoIP would be able to realize significant cost savings. The VoIP system would be
integrated with our pre-paid call  processing  system to present the user with a
seamless end product.

        We have  applied for a digital  wireless  phone  license in Trinidad and
Tobago and have  retained  the  services of Industar  Digital PCS of  Milwaukee,
Wisconsin to aid in the  preparation of the  application  to the  governments of
Trinidad  and  Tobago.  At  present  the  application  has been filed and we are
awaiting the  government's  response to the  application.  There is no assurance
that the application will be approved.

        iLink is a Nevada  corporation with its business offices located at 1177
West  Hastings  Street,  Suite 1910,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia V6E 2K3. Its
telephone  number is (604)  717-1110.  We also have offices located at #304, 320
23rd Avenue,  Calgary  Alberta T2S 0J2 and One Sansome  Street,  Suite 2000, San
Francisco,  California  94104.  iLink  has one  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  iLink
Telecom  (B.C.),  Inc.  which  maintains  its business  offices at our corporate
offices in Vancouver.

<PAGE>4



Summary Of Risk Factors

        An investment in iLink's  Common Stock  involves a number of risks which
should be carefully considered and evaluated. These risks would include:

        o      The  fact  that  iLink is a  development  stage  company  and has
               generated no significant operating revenues;  that such operating
               revenues are dependent on one customer; and to date such revenues
               have not been sufficient to cover expenses; and

        o      The technological challenges involved in developing new
               communication systems using IVR technology, VoIP technology and
               PCS technology; and

        o      The need to raise a  significant  amount of capital to expand our
               IVR  switching  systems  (estimated  at over $1.5 million) and to
               design and implement a VoIP system (estimated at over $2 million)
               and a PCS system in Trinidad  and Tobago  (estimated  at over $48
               million).

        For a more complete discussion of risk factors relevant to an investment
in our Common Stock see the "Risk Factors" section.

The Offering

        The Selling Stockholder is registering for resale shares of Common Stock
which it will  acquire  upon the  conversion  of shares of Series A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock.  The  Selling  Stockholder  acquired  the  shares  of Series A
Convertible  Preferred Stock in connection with the acquisition of iLink Telecom
(B.C.),  Inc. by us. We will receive no proceeds from the resale of Common Stock
by the Selling Stockholder.


<PAGE>5



Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The summarized  consolidated  financial  data presented  below should be
read in  conjunction  with the more detailed  financial  statements of iLink and
notes thereto  which are included  elsewhere in this  Prospectus  along with the
section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis and Plan of Operations."

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>             <C>           <C>                   <C>

                                                                                    For the period from
                                                                                     December 10, 1997
                                 For the     For the quarter     For the year     (date of Incorporation)
                              quarter ended       ended              ended                   to
                              May 31, 1999     May 31, 1998     February 28, 1999       May 31, 1999
- ---------------------------  --------------- ---------------- ------------------- -----------------------

Revenue                      $    2,878           _            $       -              $    2,878
- ---------------------------  --------------- ---------------- ------------------- -----------------------
Loss from operations           (372,453)          _              (18,314)               (396,167)
- ---------------------------  --------------- ---------------- ------------------- -----------------------
Net Income (Loss)              (372,453)          _              (18,314)               (396,167)
- ---------------------------  --------------- ---------------- ------------------- -----------------------
Income (Loss) per Share           (0.14)          _                (0.01)                  (0.25)
- ---------------------------  --------------- --------------- ------------------- -----------------------
Working Capital (Deficit)        40,733         274              (27,139)                 40,733
- ---------------------------  --------------- ---------------- ------------------- -----------------------
Total Assets                    282,291         274              154,000                 282,291
- ---------------------------  --------------- ---------------- ------------------- -----------------------
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)  231,121         274              126,861                 231,121
- ---------------------------  --------------- ---------------- ------------------- -----------------------

</TABLE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

        An  investment  in  iLink's  Common  Stock  involves  a  number  of very
significant  risks.  You  should  carefully  consider  the  following  risks and
uncertainties  in evaluating iLink and its proposed  business before  purchasing
shares.

Development Stage Company

        We are a development  stage  company which is primarily  involved in the
development  of our IVR,  VoIP and PCS  Systems.  As such,  we have  just  begun
offering our  telecommunications  services and, as a result,  as of February 28,
1999,  we had no revenues  and during the interim  period to May 31, 1999 we had
revenues of $2,878.

        Our  ability to provide  commercial  telecommunications  service  and to
eventually generate operating revenue will depend on our ability to, among other
things:  (i)  successfully  expand our  pre-paid  calling  card and IVR platform
agreements to increase the number of minutes utilized;  (ii) develop,  implement
and successfully market an operative VoIP system; and (iii) obtain a PCS license
as well as the  necessary  financing  to  implement a PCS system in Trinidad and
Tobago.  Given our limited operating history and lack of revenues,  there can be
no  assurance  that we will be able to achieve  any of these goals and develop a
sufficiently large customer base to be profitable.


<PAGE>6



Lack of Revenues and Anticipated Operating Losses

        As of May 31, 1999 iLink has earned $2,878 in revenues from IVR services
provided by iLink at the Calgary switching facility. iLink had an operating loss
of $372,453  during the quarter  ending May 31, 1999. We do not  anticipate  any
significant  revenues  until the latter part of the current  fiscal year.  As of
February 28, 1999, iLink had not earned any revenues since formation.  iLink had
an operating loss of $18, 314 for the year ended February 28, 1999. We expect to
incur  substantial  and increasing  operating  losses and negative net cash flow
until our  businesses  are  developed,  deployed  and  operating in a profitable
manner.

Need for Future Capital and Shareholder Dilutive Effect on Ownership

        We  estimate  that we will  incur in excess of $51.5  million in capital
expenditures  relating to the  development  and operating costs in expanding our
IVR system and building and deploying  VoIP and PCS systems.  Given the risks in
undertakings  of  this  nature,  there  can be no  assurance  that  actual  cash
requirements will not exceed our estimates.  In particular,  additional  capital
will be required in the event that: (i) we incur  unexpected costs in completing
the  system  design  or  encounter  any   unexpected   technical  or  regulatory
difficulties,  (ii) we incur  delays and  additional  expenses  as the result of
technology failure,  (iii) we are unable to enter into marketing agreements with
third parties,  or (iv) we incur any  significant  unanticipated  expenses.  The
occurrence  of any such events  could  adversely  affect our ability to meet our
business plans.

        We will depend almost exclusively on outside capital to pay for the IVR,
VoIP and PCS system expansion and development,  including the sale of additional
stock and commercial  borrowing.  There can be no assurance that capital will be
available  to us to  meet  these  development  costs  or,  if  such  capital  is
available,  it will be on terms  acceptable  to us. The  issuance of  additional
equity  securities  by us would result in a  significant  dilution in the equity
interests of our current stockholders. Obtaining commercial loans, assuming such
loans  would be  available,  will  increase  our  liabilities  and  future  cash
commitments.

        If we are unable to obtain  financing  in the  amounts  and at the terms
necessary, our business and future success will be adversely affected.

Technological Risks

        The design,  construction and operation of the IVR, VoIP and PCS systems
are exposed to risks  associated  in developing a  sophisticated  communications
systems. Although we believe that our existing and proposed systems are based on
established technology,  certain aspects of our technology have not been used in
commercial applications. Although we will engage contractors who are experienced
in the  communications  industry,  we  have  little  experience  in  developing,
constructing,  and operating  communications systems. The failure of our systems
to function as designed,  or the failure of system  components  to function with
other  components  or to  specification  could  result in delays,  unanticipated
costs, and loss of system  performance,  thereby rendering our systems unable to
perform at the quality and capacity levels anticipated.

        In addition,  future advances in the  telecommunications  industry could
lead to new technologies,  products or services competitive with the products or
services to be provided by us. Such technological  advances could also lower the
costs of other products or services that may compete with our systems, resulting

<PAGE>7


in pricing pressures on our products and services,  which could adversely affect
our results of operations.

Unscheduled Delays

        Delays and related increases in costs in the expansion of the IVR system
or the construction and  implementation of the VoIP and PCS systems could result
from a variety of causes, including: (i) delays encountered in the construction,
integration  and testing of these systems;  (ii) delays caused by design reviews
or other events beyond our control;  (iii) further modification of the design of
all or a portion of these systems as a result of, among other things,  technical
difficulties or changes in regulatory requirements; (iv) the failure of iLink to
obtain a PCS license in  Trinidad  and Tobago or to enter into  agreements  with
technology  providers and with marketing  providers at the times or on the terms
expected;  and (v) the failure to develop or acquire effective  applications for
use with the IVR,  VoIP and PCS systems.  There can be no  assurance  that these
systems will be available on a timely basis,  or at all, or that  implementation
of these  systems will occur.  A  significant  delay in the  completion of these
systems could erode our  competitive  position,  could result in cancellation of
iLink's PCS license  (in the event that such a license is  obtained),  and could
have a  material  adverse  effect on our  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Reliance on Vendors and Consultants

        We have relied on and will  continue to rely on vendors and  consultants
that are not  employees of iLink or our  affiliates to expand our IVR system and
to design,  construct  and  implement  the VoIP and PCS  systems,  to market our
services and for  representation on regulatory  issues.  Other than as disclosed
herein,  we have no long-term  contractual  relationship  with these vendors and
consultants.  While we believe that  vendors and  consultants  will  continue to
provide the expertise  necessary to complete the design and  construction of our
proposed  systems,  there can be no assurance that such vendors and  consultants
will be available in the future,  and if  available,  will be available on terms
deemed acceptable to us.

        In  addition,  we rely and will  continue to rely on outside  parties to
manufacture  parts  and  equipment  for the IVR,  VoIP and PCS  systems  such as
Telephony Experts,  Dialogic,  Hughes Networks,  Nortel,  and Cisco Systems.  No
assurances can be given that these  manufacturers will be able to meet our needs
in a satisfactory and timely manner or that we will be able to obtain additional
manufacturers  when and if necessary.  A significant  price increase,  a quality
control  problem,  an  interruption in supply or other  difficulties  with third
party  manufacturers  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on our  plan  of
business.  Further,  the  failure  of third  parties to  deliver  the  requisite
products,  components,  necessary parts or equipment on schedule, or the failure
of third parties to perform at expected  levels,  could delay our  deployment of
the IVR,  VoIP and PCS systems.  Any such delay or increased  costs could have a
material adverse effect on our business.

Development of Business and Management Growth; Key Personnel

        We expect to  experience  significant  and rapid growth in the scope and
complexity of our business as we proceed with the  development  of the IVR, VoIP
and PCS systems.  We do not have sufficient staff to manage operations,  control
the operations of the proposed  systems,  handle sales and marketing  efforts or
perform  finance  and  accounting  functions.  See "Risk  Factors - Reliance  on
Vendors  and  Consultants."  We  will be  required  to  hire a  broad  range  of
additional personnel as we begin commercial operations. This growth is likely to

<PAGE>8

place a strain on our  management  and  operational  resources.  The  failure to
develop  and  implement  effective  systems,  or to hire  and  train  sufficient
personnel for the  performance of all of the functions  necessary to effectively
develop,  service and manage our subscriber base and business, or the failure to
manage growth effectively, would have a material adverse effect.

        Our  performance is  substantially  dependent on the  performance of our
executive  officers and key  personnel and on our ability to retain and motivate
high-quality personnel.  The loss of any of iLink's key personnel,  particularly
Amar  Bahadoorsingh,  our President and Chief  Executive  Officer,  could have a
material adverse effect on iLink's business,  financial condition, and operating
results. We do not maintain "key person" life insurance on Mr. Bahadoorsingh.

Competition

        We will encounter  competition  from other IVR and VoIP systems and from
other applicants for the PCS license in Trinidad and Tobago,  as well as from an
increasingly competitive  communications industry in general. The growing market
for  communication  services has  attracted new market  participants  as well as
expansion by established  participants  resulting in substantial  and increasing
competition.  Many of our present and future competitors using IVR, VoIP and PCS
systems have  substantially  greater:  (i) financial,  marketing,  technical and
manufacturing resources, (ii) name recognition, and (iii) experience than we do.
Such  competitors  may be  able  to  respond  more  quickly  to new or  emerging
advancements in the industry and to devote greater resources to the development,
promotion  and sale of their  products and  services.  While we believe that our
technology  is  competitive  and that our systems have been  designed to provide
communications services at a cost lower than our competitors,  no assurances can
be given that such  competitors,  in the future,  will not succeed in developing
better or more cost effective communications systems.

        In  addition,  current  and  potential  competitors  may make  strategic
acquisitions or establish  cooperative  relationships  among  themselves or with
third parties that could increase their ability to reach commercial customers or
subscribers of  communications  services.  Such existing and future  competition
could affect our ability to form and maintain agreements with our customers.  No
assurances  can be given  that we will be able to compete  successfully  against
current and future  competitors,  and any failure to do so would have a material
adverse effect on our business.

Penny Stock Regulations

        The  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission   (the  "SEC")  has  adopted
regulations  which generally define "penny stock" to be any equity security that
has a market price (as defined)  less than $5.00 per share or an exercise  price
of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions.  iLink's securities
may be covered by the penny stock rules,  which impose additional sales practice
requirements  on  broker-dealers  who sell to  persons  other  than  established
customers  and  accredited  investors  (generally,  institutions  with assets in
excess of $5,000,000 or individuals  with a net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or
annual income  exceeding  $200,000 or $300,000  jointly with their spouse).  For
transactions  covered  by this  rule,  the  broker-dealers  must  make a special
suitability  determination of the purchaser and receive the purchaser's  written
agreement  of the  transaction  prior to the  sale.  Consequently,  the rule may
affect the ability of broker-dealers to trade iLink's  securities and affect the
ability of existing stockholders to sell their shares in the secondary market.


<PAGE>9



Bulletin Board Eligibility Rule

The OTC Bulletin  Board upon which our Common Stock is quoted has required  that
all companies whose  securities are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board must become
reporting  issuers  with the SEC  pursuant to a phase-in  schedule  beginning on
August  1,  1999.  We are  required  to become a  reporting  issuer on or before
September 1, 1999, in order to maintain the quotation of our Common Stock. We do
not expect to meet this deadline  and, as a result,  we do not expect to be able
to maintain our listing on the OTC Bulletin Board.  After September 1, 1999, our
Common Stock will be quoted only in the "pink  sheets" which is expected to have
a negative  impact upon our investor's  ability to buy or sell our Common Stock.
We intend to reapply  for OTC  Bulletin  Board  listing  when and if we become a
reporting  company with the SEC. Until our Common Stock is readmitted to the OTC
Bulletin Board, trading will be accomplished through the much more limited "pink
sheet" listing.

Substantial Control by our Officers and Directors

Our  officers  and  directors  control 34% of the  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock. As a result of this ownership,  these  shareholders will have substantial
control  over iLink  regarding  the election of directors  and  approving  major
transactions.  All of the shares owned by our officers and directors are subject
to a Vesting Agreement. See "Executive Compensation."

Furthermore,  our Articles of Incorporation  authorize our Board of Directors to
issue up to 5,000,000  shares of preferred  stock.  These  provisions  allow our
directors to issue  preferred  stock with multiple  votes per share and dividend
rights which would have  priority  over any  dividends  paid with respect to the
shares of Common  Stock.  The issuance of  preferred  stock with such rights may
make the removal of  management  more  difficult  even if such removal  could be
considered  beneficial to  shareholders  generally,  and will have the effect of
limiting  shareholder  participation in certain  transactions such as mergers or
tender offers if such transactions are not favored by incumbent management.

No Dividends

We have not  declared  or paid any  dividends  on our  Common  Stock  since  our
inception,  and  we  do  not  anticipate  paying  any  such  dividends  for  the
foreseeable future.

Dependence on One Customer

It is anticipated that initial revenue will come from long-distance calling card
traffic  through our  switching  platform.  At this time we have a contract with
BCT.Telus Communications,  Inc. to provide these services. This contract expires
on  June  1,  2000.  In the  event  that  this  contract  is not  renewed  or is
terminated,  this will have an adverse  financial  impact on our  operations and
anticipated revenues.  The concentration on one customer poses a credit risk for
us should the customer become unable to honor its debts.

Compliance with Year 2000

        We believe our current call processing  facility is Year 2000 compliant.
We also  anticipate  upgrading  parts of our call  processing  facility with new
equipment by the end of 1999 which equipment should also be Year 2000 compliant.
The estimated cost to upgrade the call  processing  facility is $50,000.  In the
event that our call processing  facility or that of BCT. Telus Communications is
not Y2K compliant  significant  disruption  in the call network could result

<PAGE>10

which would have a material  adverse effect on our  operations.  (See "Impact of
the Year 2000 Issue" below).

No Assurance of PCS Authorization in Trinidad or Tobago

        We are seeking a PCS license for  Trinidad  and Tobago.  We will require
foreign assistance in the application for and operation under the PCS license in
this foreign  country.  There can be no assurance  that the required  regulatory
authorizations  will be  obtained  in this  country  or that a  license  will be
obtained in a timely manner.  The failure to obtain a PCS license in Trinidad or
Tobago would have a materially adverse affect on our business plan.

                                  THE OFFERING

        The Selling Stockholder is offering for resale the Common Stock which it
will receive upon the conversion of 145 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock.  Each share of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock shall convert into
Common Stock in the amount equal to $1,000 (being the stated  value)  divided by
75% of the  average  closing bid price of our Common  Stock on the OTC  Bulletin
Board for the five trading days  immediately  preceding  the  conversion  of the
Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock.  For example,  if the conversion date had
been  July 31,  1999,  the  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  would  have
converted into 58,000 shares of iLink's common stock.

        The shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock shall  automatically
convert into Common Stock on the later of (i) August 26, 1999,  or (ii) the date
which is five  business  days  after  the  effective  date of this  registration
statement.

        The 145 shares of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock were issued in
connection  with the  acquisition  of all of the issued and  outstanding  common
shares of iLink Telecom (B.C.) Inc. iLink Telecom (B.C.) is now our  subsidiary.
See  "Business  of the  Company."  Under the terms of the  acquisition  of iLink
Telecom  (B.C.) Ltd.,  we are  contractually  required to register the shares of
Common  Stock to be  issued  upon  the  conversion  of the  shares  of  Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock.

        The shares of Common Stock offered for resale may be sold in a secondary
offering by the Selling Stockholder by means of this Prospectus.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

        We will not receive any proceeds  from the resale of the Common Stock by
the  Selling  Stockholder.   We  are  registering  this  Common  Stock  under  a
contractual  agreement  to register the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon
the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.



<PAGE>11




                                 PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

        The  following  table  sets  forth the high and low bids for our  Common
Stock, as quoted on the OTC Bulletin  Board.  Our trading symbol is "ILTEE." The
OTC Bulletin Board began quotations on our Common Stock on March 31, 1998.


                                 Common Stock

Quarter Ended                 High                 Low
June 30, 1999                 6.00                 3.87
March 31, 1999(1)             5.63                 0.95
December 31, 1998             5.63                 0.95
September 30, 1998           10.63                 5.00
June 30, 1998                 2.50                 1.13
March 31, 1998                1.25                 1.25


(1)     Effective February 14, 1999, we consolidated our share capital by way of
        reverse  stock  split on the basis of one new share of Common  Stock for
        each five old  shares of  Common  Stock.  The  prices  listed  have been
        adjusted to reflect the effect of the one-for-five reverse stock split.

        Our management is of the view that our market capitalization,  being the
number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding multiplied by the trading price
of those  shares,  may not  reflect  the true value of iLink.  The actual  daily
trading  volume of our Common Stock over the past three months has averaged less
than 10,000  shares  which  indicates  that the ability of our  shareholders  to
realize  the  current  trading  price of the shares they hold is unlikely if any
substantial  number of shares were to be offered for sale.  In addition,  due to
the extremely limited nature of the market for our Common Stock, any significant
trading may have a dramatic effect on the price of our Common Stock.

        The above quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail markup,
mark-down or commission, and may not represent actual transactions.

        As of June 30, 1999, we had 5,412,963 shares of Common Stock outstanding
and  approximately  288  stockholders  of record.  This  number does not include
stockholders who hold our securities in street name.


                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have not  declared or paid any cash  dividends  since  inception.  We
intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion
of our business and do not intend to pay any cash  dividends in the  foreseeable
future.


<PAGE>12

                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                             AND PLAN OF OPERATIONS

        This discussion,  other than the historical financial  information,  may
consist of  forward-looking  statements  that involve  risks and  uncertainties,
including quarterly and yearly fluctuations in results,  the timely availability
of new communication  products, the impact of competitive products and services,
and  the  other  risks  described  in  this  Prospectus.  These  forward-looking
statements  speak  only as of the date  hereof  and  should  not be given  undue
reliance. Actual results may vary significantly from those projected.

        iLink  undertakes  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any
forward-looking  statements,  whether  as a result  of new  information,  future
events, or otherwise.

Plan of Operations

        In order to expand our operations we will need additional capital. We do
not have any  commitments  from any source to  provide  additional  capital.  We
expect that over the next twelve months we will require a total of $1,500,000 in
financing.  Of this amount, we will require approximately $600,000 over the next
two quarters to finance the initial  expansion of our existing IVR system and to
fund general operating and administrative expenses. The balance of $900,000 will
be required  over the next twelve  months to finance  the  expansion  of our IVR
switching systems in new locations.

        An essential  element of the Company's  business is the submission of an
application  for a PCS  license  in  Trinidad  and  Tobago.  If the  license  is
obtained, we estimate that an additional $50,000,000 will be required to finance
this project.  We will seek  approximately  $2 million to design and implement a
VoIP system in North  America,  and  approximately  $48 million to establish PCS
systems in Trinidad and Tobago.

        Since  inception,  we have  relied  on  equity  financings  to fund  our
operations.  Funds  required to finance our future site  expansions  and ongoing
business are expected to come primarily from debt and equity  financing with the
remainder provided from operating revenues which began in March 1999.  Operating
revenues to date have been  substantially  less than the cost of operations  for
the  switching  facility in Calgary,  Alberta.  Our  management  will be seeking
additional capital to finance our operations over the next 12 months.

Results of Operations

Interim period up to May 31, 1999

        Revenues  totaled  $2,878  during  this  period  compared to no revenues
during the quarter  ended May 31,  1998.  Cost and  operating  expenses  for the
quarter  ending May 31,  1999 were  $375,331  compared  to $18,314  for the year
ending  February  28, 1999.  General and  administrative  expenses  increased to
$246,873   during  the  first  quarter  1999.   This  increase  in  general  and
administrative  expenses  was due  primarily  to travel  expenses  and  business
development by management and the establishing of corporate  relations  programs
by consultants.  Research and development expenditures were approximately $9,000
during this period compared to none for the year ending February 28, 1999.


<PAGE>13



        For the  interim  period  ending  May 31,  1999,  we  incurred a loss of
$372,453. Expenses included $110,342 for consulting fees, $2,691 in professional
fees, and $246,873 in general and administrative expenses. Operating capital was
provided by $430,055 of proceeds from the private sale of iLink's  common stock.
We issued  145 shares of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock in payment  for
various assets and services related to our IVR services.

Year Ended February 28, 1999

        We had no revenues  during the year ended February 28, 1999.  Subsequent
to the fiscal year end,  operating  capital was provided by $430,055 of proceeds
from the private sale of iLink Common Stock.

        For the year ended  February  28, 1999,  the Company  incurred a loss of
$18,314. Expenses included $8,139 in consulting fees and $10,000 in professional
fees related to our year-end audit.

Period from December 10, 1997 (date of incorporation), to February 28, 1998

        We had no  revenues  during the period from  December  10, 1997 (date of
incorporation), to February 28, 1998.

        We  recognized a loss of $5,400 for the period  ended  February 28, 1998
due primarily to start-up expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        We have been in the  development  stage since our inception and have not
recognized any significant revenues or generated any significant cash flows from
operations.  For the interim period ending May 31, 1999 we had a working capital
of $40,733  compared to a negative working capital of $27,139 for the year ended
February 28, 1999. We expect expenses to continue to increase during fiscal year
2000 with the demands of developing  new  switching  facilities  and  additional
capital  will be  necessary  to expand  operations  as well as continue  current
operations.

        From  inception,  we have  relied  on  equity  financings  to  fund  our
operations.  This financing has been  supplemented  by the issuance of preferred
stock to acquire various  business assets.  We will need substantial  additional
capital,  an  estimated  $600,000,  over the next six  months  to carry  out our
current business plans.

        As indicated in the section "Plan of  Operations"  above,  we anticipate
raising  necessary  operating  capital  through a combination of debt and equity
financing  augmented by anticipated  operating  revenues.  There is no assurance
that we will be able to obtain  capital from these  sources or that such amounts
will be sufficient to fund its operations.

Impact of the Year 2000 Issue

        The Year 2000 Issue  ("Y2K") is the result of  computer  programs  being
written using two digits rather than four to define the applicable  year. Any of
iLink's,   or  its  suppliers'  and  customers'   computer  programs  that  have
date-sensitive  software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather
than the year 2000.  This  could  result in system  failure  or  miscalculations
causing  disruptions of operations  including,  among other things,  a temporary
inability to process transactions, send invoices, or engage in similar normal


<PAGE>14


business  activities.  In our  assessment,  the Year 2000 Issue is a significant
issue which could have a material impact on our business operations.

        In iLink's assessment, the switching facility in Calgary, Alberta is Y2K
compliant  as required.  Management  bases this  assessment  on the results of a
National  Software Testing Lab ("NSTL") test on the hardware which confirmed the
site as Y2K  compliant as per the NSTL tests.  Management  has also upgraded all
software  applications as required by the customer of the switching  facility to
comply  with  Y2K  standards.  The new  hardware  and  software  intended  to be
purchased after May 31, 1999 will be assessed for Y2K compliancy.

        The costs  incurred  to  ensure  Y2K  compliancy  are  reflected  in the
consulting expenses. As of May 31, 1999 no additional software or hardware costs
were associated with this compliance program.

        iLink is reliant on third parties'  compliance with the Year 2000 issue.
In particular,  the one customer of the switching facility provides trunking and
connectivity and network services to iLink.  Due to the  interdependence  of the
services  provided,  iLink risks business  interruption if the Customer's system
does not  function  in Year  2000.  The  Customer  has  implemented  a Year 2000
Readiness Program and has stated that related products and services are "service
ready".  Service ready means that, to the best of their knowledge,  the products
or services, if required, will be able to accurately process data, provided that
all  products  and  services  which  interconnect  with,  or  which  are used in
combination with, that product and service,  properly exchange data with it, and
in the  case of a  product,  provided  that  no  unauthorized  modifications  or
additions are made to the product.

        In addition,  we will be relying on our vendors to, among other  things,
manufacture telecommunications systems and equipment which are Y2K compliant. We
have entered  into  contracts  with  several  vendors to develop the IVR and PCS
systems,  and an assessment has been made as to their Year 2000  compliance.  As
part of  ongoing  contract  negotiations,  we will  request  and  determine  its
vendors' and customer's Year 2000 readiness.  In the event that it is determined
that a key vendor or customer will not be Year 2000 compliant,  this may have an
adverse effect on our business plans.

        The risks posed by the Year 2000 issue are  uncertain  and the potential
negative  impact is not fully known.  In the worst case scenario,  the switching
facility system or the customer's or vendors' products relied upon could disable
iLink's operations. In the event the worst case occurs, iLink would have to wait
for the  Customer  or Vendors to  reactivate  their  systems,  thereby  delaying
iLink's  operations for an unknown period of time. iLink does not anticipate any
interruptions in business, however, it remains an unknown risk.

        iLink  intends  on  creating  a  contingency  plan to reduce the risk of
business  interruption and loss of revenues in the event the switching  facility
cannot operate in Year 2000. The  contingency  plan will be created by September
1999 and will include the estimated  expense to restore  operations in the event
the Year 2000 has an adverse effect on iLink's business.

                                    BUSINESS

This discussion, other than the historical financial information, may consist of
forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks and  uncertainties,  including
fluctuations in results, the timely availability of new communication  products,
the impact of competitive products and services, and other risks described


<PAGE>15



herein.  Any  forward-looking  statements  speak only as of the date  hereof and
should not be given undue reliance.  Actual results may vary  significantly from
those projected.

We  undertake no  obligation  to publicly  update or revise any  forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

General

        We are a developer of computer  telephony  integrated  technologies  and
applications, and we provide Interactive Voice Response ("IVR") services in both
Calgary and  Vancouver.  Current  operations  consist of the provision of custom
manufactured  switching  solutions  for a  Canadian  telephone  company  and the
development  of brand name prepaid phone card solutions for retail and wholesale
markets through Voice over Internet Protocol ("VoIP") solutions.  We are also in
the process of applying for a personal communications systems ("PCS") license to
provide  wireless  communications  in Trinidad and Tobago.  We are a development
stage  company  and have no  substantial  revenue.  Revenue to date has not been
sufficient to cover operating expenses.

Corporate History

Aquasol Technologies, Inc.

        We were originally  incorporated in Colorado on December 10, 1997, under
the name  Aquasol,  Inc. On December 11, 1997, we sold  1,500,000  shares of our
Common Stock for $5,000 in cash. On December 26, 1997, we issued  175,456 shares
of  our  Common  Stock  in  a  share-for-share  exchange  with  the  Series  "I"
shareholders of STB Corp. On January 9, 1998, we changed our corporate  domicile
to Delaware  and changed our name to Aquasol  Technologies,  Inc. On January 12,
1998, we issued 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock for $400 in cash.

        On January 15,  1998,  we issued  992,000  shares of our Common Stock to
acquire Noralta  Technologies  Corp. (an Alberta  corporation)  ("Noralta") in a
share-for-share  exchange.  The name of  Noralta  was  subsequently  changed  to
Aquasol Technologies Inc. This company was engaged in the business of designing,
engineering,  manufacturing  and  installing  wastewater  treatment  systems for
government, industrial, commercial and agricultural customers.

Merger with AFD Capital Group, Inc.

         On March 24, 1997, AFD Capital Group,  Inc. was incorporated in Nevada.
On March 27, 1997, AFD Capital Group, Inc. issued 1,000,000 shares of its common
stock for $10,000 in cash. On April 1, 1997, AFD Capital Group,  Inc.  issued an
additional  1,000,000  shares of its common stock for $10,000 in cash.  On March
31,  1998 AFD Capital Gro up, Inc.  issued an  additional  80,000  shares of its
common stock for $4,000 in cash.

         On June 18,  1998,  AFD  Capital  Group,  Inc.  changed its name to
Aquasol  Technologies,  Inc. On July 14, 1998, Aquasol  Technologies,  Inc. (the
Nevada  corporation)  merged  with  Aquasol  Technologies,   Inc.  (the  Alberta
corporation) in a one-for-one  stock exchange and the surviving entity continued
under the laws of the state of Nevada.


<PAGE>16


        2,080,000 shares of the Alberta  corporation's  common stock were issued
in exchange for the  2,080,000  shares of common  stock of the Nevada  corporate
entity then  outstanding.  On September 3, 1998 1,020,000  shares of the Alberta
corporation's common stock were cancelled as part of a recapitalization.

Disposition of Aquasol Technologies Inc.

        On February  3, 1999,  we disposed  of Aquasol  Technologies  Inc.  (the
Alberta corporation) by returning the shares of common stock of that corporation
to the former  holders  thereof in exchange for the return of the 992,000 shares
of Common  Stock  originally  issued in the Noralta  acquisition  on January 15,
1998. We have no further interest in the business of Aquasol  Technologies  Inc.
(the Alberta corporation).

Name Change and Share Consolidation

        On  February  14,  1999,  we  consolidated  our share  capital by way of
reverse  stock split on the basis of one new share of our Common  Stock for each
five old shares of our Common Stock and changed our name to iLink Telecom, Inc.

Acquisition of iLink BC

        Pursuant to a share  purchase  agreement  dated February 26, 1999 with
ABDE Holdings Ltd. ("ABDE"),  a British Columbia company, we acquired all of the
issued and outstanding common shares of 579782 B.C. Ltd. in exchange for the 145
shares of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock of iLink.  On March 11,  1999,
579782 B.C. Ltd. changed its name to iLink Telecom (B.C.), Inc. ("iLink BC") and
is a subsidiary  of iLink  Telecom,  Inc. The shares of Common Stock  underlying
this Preferred Stock are the subject of this registration statement.

        Following  the  acquisition  of iLink BC, Mr.  Amar  Bahadoorsingh,  the
principal  of iLink BC,  was  appointed  as our  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer as well as a director,  Mr. Peter M.  Schriber was  appointed a director
and our prior director resigned.

        The assets of iLink BC consisted of the IVR Agreement  with BCT.Telus as
well as  miscellaneous  telecommunications  and  computer  equipment  and office
furniture. These assets were in turn acquired by ABDE from Revere Communications
Inc., an Alberta corporation.

Principal Products or Services

        As discussed above under the heading  "General" we currently provide IVR
services to  BCT.Telus  under the terms of an IVR  Platform  Services  Agreement
dated  June 16,  1998 (the  "IVR  Agreement").  Subject  to  obtaining  adequate
financing, we plan on providing VoIP services and, in the event that we obtain a
license to provide PCS services in Trinidad and Tobago and also obtain  adequate
financing, we plan on offering PCS services as well.

Switching Solutions

        Currently,  IVR services are  provided  through our custom  manufactured
switching facility located in Calgary,  Alberta.  Pursuant to the IVR Agreement,
we provide services to one customer at the Calgary site,  namely  BCT.Telus



<PAGE>17

Communications  Inc.,  Canada's  third largest telco  ("BCT.Telus").  We provide
BCT.Telus with IVR services which include account  processing,  customer service
and time  billing for their brand name phone  cards  distributed  in Alberta and
British Columbia. Revenues are generated through the charge of a transaction fee
to  BCT.Telus  based upon the  number of  minutes  passed  through  the  Calgary
switching  facility each month.  Revenues  from this facility have  increased an
average  of 180% each month  since we  commenced  business  in March  1999.  Our
management  estimates  revenues from this site will total $83,000 in fiscal year
2000.  Our revenue from this facility is based upon the number of minutes passed
through our system by BCT.Telus phone card  customers.  The assets and contracts
for this facility were acquired  pursuant to a share  purchase  agreement  dated
February  26,  1999  with  ABDE  Holdings  Ltd.,  a  company  controlled  by our
President. The agreed value of this facility including goodwill was $145,000.

        At the Calgary site, all inbound lines to the call  processing  facility
are digital T1 as well as on the outbound side. This high quality,  digital link
provides  for high  data  transmission  rates  and zero  line  noise  for  voice
transmissions.  The  Calgary  facility  hosts a basic 48 Port  IVPS  Node  which
supports,  at maximum capacity,  69,032  minutes/day.  Each 24 port upgrade will
cost  approximately  $50,000.  We anticipate  capacity upgrades will be required
when the local area IVPS  reaches 75% use  threshold  on existing  capacity.  As
indicated  previously,  all software and hardware  upgrades will be assessed for
Y2K compliancy.

        In order to expand operations and revenue flows, we plan on establishing
two additional  custom  manufactured  switching  facilities to service customers
throughout North America which will enable us to create brand name prepaid phone
cards with a variety of retail  customers.  Our  management  has  identified two
cities for the implementation of these additional sites: Vancouver and New York.
These sites were selected  based on the large  populations  in each city and the
geographical  location of these  sites to transmit  VoIP  traffic  between  each
other.  The  Vancouver  facility  will be located in our present  office to save
costs and permit  efficient  monitoring  of the system.  Our  management is also
negotiating with an existing  internet service provider ("ISP") site in New York
to co-locate our other proposed  switching  system. By developing a relationship
with the New York co-location  partner,  we can utilize the existing ISP network
and customer base, as well as save the costs of building an entire facility.  In
effect,  our site will share the  resources  of the  existing  ISP and  exchange
services thereby  expanding both our business and that of our proposed  partner.
Our management estimates that approximately $200,000 will be required to finance
the creation of the custom manufactured switches in Vancouver and New York which
includes  the  costs of  hardware,  installation  and any wire  upgrades  to the
office. Our expansion plan will require technical staff and administrative costs
which are estimated to be $384,000 in total per year for both facilities.

        In addition,  one of our employees is working  together  with  Telephony
Experts Inc. of Los Angeles,  California to distribute and develop IVR software.
This employee  works closely with Telephony  Experts to create new  applications
and turnkey solutions for retail and wholesale customers.  Telephony Experts has
offered  to  provide  IVR  software  to us at  reduced  rates  in  exchange  for
promotional  considerations  which will  reduce  the  capital  requirements  for
building any new custom manufactured switching facilities.

VoIP

        We have the in-house technical expertise to provide  long-distance voice
services  across the internet via VoIP  technology.  With this technology we are
able to convert voice information into data which can then be transmitted

<PAGE>18


anywhere in the world. Telephone calls are routed to a local switch facility and
then transmitted via the internet,  without the same toll  restrictions as voice
transmission  via the Public  Switched  Network.  We will implement this service
through  the  use of  our  Calgary  switching  facility  and  the  two  proposed
facilities in Vancouver and New York. Each switching  platform can host multiple
phone  carriers and route calls to specific  phone  carriers world wide based on
the time of day and/or  destination.  This will give us  flexibility  in routing
calls to the most cost effective carrier and diversifies carrier sources in case
of network  failure  and/or  outages.  In  addition,  it will allow us to obtain
contracts with local exchange carriers who, while they do not have the technical
ability to provide VoIP, have an existing client base to service.

        We plan  on  creating  brand  name  retail  lines  of  phone  cards  for
distribution in the marketplace which utilizes VoIP technology.  The manufacture
of the cards will take place in Canada with an  estimated  unit cost of Cdn$0.41
per card. The cards will then be distributed in our specific target markets.  We
have identified two card  manufacturers who may be contracted to print and cello
wrap all phone cards.  Our management  intends on identifying  and entering into
agreements  with  distribution  companies for our phone cards in specific target
markets within the next 6 months. We plan on approaching  retail chains to offer
brand name phone cards at a retail discount of 25-30% depending on the number of
units  purchased.  Wholesalers  who resell cards  exclusively  to retailers  and
utilize iLink's switching platforms will receive a 40-50% discount.

Wireless Communications

        We have submitted a proposal which, if accepted, would allow us to offer
a digital  mobile  phone  service and wireless  infrastructure  to the people of
Trinidad & Tobago. The Government of Trinidad & Tobago plans on deregulating the
telecommunications  industry  that is  currently  comprised  of a sole  national
wireless  phone  provider,  the  Telephone  Service of Trinidad and Tobago.  The
Trinidad  Government will select these providers for their new services based on
submissions  provided by June 30, 1999.  By way of an  agreement  dated April 1,
1999 we have teamed with Trinidad based Thor Communications  Limited ("Thor") as
a joint-venture partner to compete for the service contracts.  Thor is comprised
of a team of local Trinidad  telecommunications  experts and  businesspeople who
offer local and  regional  expertise  in the telecom  industry.  Our  management
estimates  that the cost to implement a wireless  digital  phone  infrastructure
over five years will be $48 million.  If successful in the application  process,
our  management  believes  that  obtaining  sufficient  financing for the entire
project will be possible on terms acceptable to us, though there is no guarantee
that this will be the case.  We are in the process of forming a subsidiary to be
named iLink Trinidad and Tobago Telecom Inc. ("iLink Trinidad") through which we
are  making  application  for the PCS  license in  Trinidad  and  Tobago.  iLink
Trinidad is a wholly owned subsidiary of iLink Telecom (BVI) Inc.

        We have contracted the services of Industar  Digital PCS ("Industar") of
Milwaukee  to provide  assistance  in  completing  the  application  for the PCS
license in Trinidad and Tobago. The contract with Industar, made in May 1999, is
for  $50,000.  As of June 30,  1999  iLink had paid  $35,000  in fees and owed a
balance of $15,000.  The Company has agreed that Industar  will provide  ongoing
management  services in the operation of iLink BVI if the PCS license is awarded
to us. The cost of the Industar  agreement and the  application  process for the
PCS license is estimated at $70,000.

Distribution Methods

        At present our Calgary site is processing call minutes through  pre-paid
calling cards manufactured and distributed by BCT.Telus.  As discussed above, we


<PAGE>19


intend on engaging a card  manufacturer to produce  pre-paid calling cards under
the brand name "iLink" and we intend on marketing and  distributing  these cards
concurrent with the  establishment of switching  facilities in Vancouver and New
York.

New Products

        We  have  developed  the   technological   capacity  to  implement  VoIP
technology and have contracted the required technical  expertise to complete the
PCS license proposal for Trinidad and Tobago.  Particulars of these developments
are discussed above.

Competition

        Our  competitors  are  both the  incumbent  providers  of long  distance
services as well as other  providers  of  internet  telephony  services  and PCS
services.  Incumbent  providers of long  distance  services  have been forced to
accept   considerable  price  discounting  in  recent  years  due  to  increased
competition  and  government  deregulation,  and telephone  companies have begun
offering discounts to large business and government  customers with high calling
volumes. Our management expects this trend in price discounting to continue.

        Our  competitors  all have better  financial  resources  than we do. Our
competitors include CardCaller, DataMark/Phoneline International, CanQuest, CTN,
the members of the former Stentor Group, GTS, and Fonorola.

        CardCaller  and  DataMark/Phoneline  International  have  focused on the
retail  market  while  CanQuest  is  a  service  bureau  that  has   established
arrangement with small marketing  companies to focus on retail,  and to a lesser
extent promotional markets.

        CTN as well as the  Stentor  Group  have  focused on both the retail and
promotional  market.  GTS,  through  strategic  alliances,  has been  developing
targeted  retail  applications.  Fonorola has been  expanding  their network and
targeting  major  accounts and  developing  custom card programs in key industry
sectors.

        While   price   discounting   makes  the   market   for  long   distance
communications more competitive,  it requires all providers of these services to
develop and deliver cost competitive services. An example of the drive for price
reductions is our IVR Agreement with  BCT.Telus,  a member of the former Stentor
Group, which has chosen to utilize our technology rather than incur the costs of
developing and operating an IVR system in-house.

        We anticipate that we will encounter significantly more competition from
other  potential  entrants  into the long  distance  market  as well as from the
traditional  providers  of  long  distance  services.  Determining  the  degree,
intensity  and  duration  of  competition  or the impact of  competition  on our
financial and operating results is uncertain. Sustained or extensive competition
on the basis of price or discounts,  amongst other things, would have a material
adverse   effect  on  our   revenues,   earnings   potential   and   operational
effectiveness.

Suppliers

         We have four main equipment suppliers.  McKinnon Micro Distributors
Ltd. of Richmond,  British Columbia  supplies us with various computer  hardware

<PAGE>20

including central  processing  units,  printers and disk drives. We lease our 48
Port IVPS Node  Switching  Server from  Newcourt  Financial  Ltd.  under a lease
expiring June 1, 2000.  Pro-Data Inc. of Richmond,  British Columbia supplies us
with assorted computer hardware and printing systems.  Telephony Experts Inc. of
Los  Angeles,  California  has offered to provide IVR  software to us at reduced
rates in exchange for  promotional  consideration  which will reduce the capital
requirements for building any new custom manufactured switching facilities.

        We believe  equipment used by us would be available from other suppliers
if alternative sources should become necessary.

Customers

        At  present,  we have  only one  customer,  BCT.Telus  upon  whom we are
entirely  dependent  for our revenue at this stage of our  development.  The IVR
services are provided pursuant to the IVR Agreement which has a term of one year
(through June 2000) and up to two automatic  renewals of one year each.  The IVR
Agreement  provides for termination for various reasons and can be terminated by
either party at any time, without cause, upon sixty (60) days' notice. Although,
we consider our  relationship  with BCT.Telus to be good and we expect that this
relationship  will  continue  to  expand,  the  loss of our IVR  Agreement  with
BCT.Telus would have a material adverse effect upon iLink BC and our business as
a whole. At this time, we have no other  arrangements for providing our services
to any  other  customers.  Upon  the  successful  production,  distribution  and
marketing of our pre-paid  calling  cards we expect to broaden our customer base
at the retail level.  Management has begun preliminary planning of this business
and anticipates producing the first line of brand name cards in September 1999.

Intellectual Property, Government Approvals and Regulation

        Our IVR  platforms  and our VoIP  technology  are not  protected  by any
patents or  copyrights.  We are not subject to government  regulation  nor do we
require  any  government  approvals  in either  Canada or the  United  States to
provide IVR services to  incumbent  long-distance  providers or to  manufacture,
distribute  and  market   pre-paid   calling   cards.   The  provision  of  VoIP
communications is also not subject to government  regulation nor does it require
government  approvals in either Canada or the United States.  As the internet is
rapidly  changing,  regulations may be imposed in future with which we will have
to comply.  In the event that we are  successful  in  obtaining a PCS license in
Trinidad and Tobago we expect that numerous subsequent government approvals will
have to be obtained.

Research And Development

        We are presently conducting research and development to keep our IVR and
VoIP switching  technologies  current.  We are also developing  technology which
will allow persons  selling our switching  services to remotely  process  credit
card  transactions  without  the  requirement  for local  credit  card  clearing
equipment by using  e-commerce  services  and a secured web site.  At present we
devote  substantially all of our technical  resources to developing and updating
our  technology  and  devoting  substantially  all of  our  other  resources  to
establishing  our  business.  Management  has  contracted  the  services  of  an
individual to perform  research and development and other duties as required for
a one year period ending March 2000 at an expense of Cdn$5,000 per month.

<PAGE>21


Employees

        We currently  employ five people on a full-time  basis.  We consider our
relationship with our employees to be good.  Contingent upon raising  sufficient
capital, we plan to hire additional employees as may be required by the level of
our  operations.  Our  management  has identified the need to hire the following
members  to  fulfil  our  operational  plans:  a chief  financial  officer;  one
technical  staff member for each proposed  switch  facility in Vancouver and New
York; four marketing and sales staff members;  and two additional  technical web
designers.

        Retaining our current employees and attracting new employees is critical
to our success. The market for experienced  technical people is very competitive
and there is no assurance that we will be successful in retaining and recruiting
qualified personnel.

Consultants

        We rely  on and  will  continue  to rely  on  consultants  that  are not
employees  of iLink or our  affiliates  to expand  our IVR system and to design,
construct and implement the VoIP and PCS systems, to market our services and for
representation  on regulatory  issues.  In addition to the  consultants  who are
identified  under the  heading  "Management,"  we have  entered  into a one year
agreement  dated March 25,  1999,  pursuant to which we retained the services of
Century Capital Management Ltd. ("Century"),  a company controlled by one of our
former  directors,  to assist us in the  development and  implementation  of our
financing and acquisition strategies. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement we
have paid to Century the sum of $12,500 and issued to Century  300,000 shares of
our Common Stock which are subject to a Vesting Agreement. Under this Agreement,
Century would forfeit all or part of these shares if certain  milestones are not
achieved by March 25, 2000. We are also required to pay a monthly consulting fee
of $5,000 to Century.

       We have also entered into two agreements  dated March 22, 1999, under
which we have engaged the services of Corporate  Relations Group,. Inc. and Gulf
Atlantic  Publishing,  Inc. for a period of one year. These two companies are in
the business of planning, developing and implementing advertising, marketing and
promotional  campaigns.  Pursuant to the terms of these  agreements we have paid
Corporate  Relations  Group the sum of $40,000 and Gulf Atlantic  Publishing the
sum of $110,000.

                                    PROPERTY

        We have leased 2,239 square feet at a monthly rate of Cdn$4,637.54 which
includes both  operating  expenses and base amount for our principal  offices at
1177 West Hastings  Street,  Suite 1910 under a lease agreement which expires on
August 1, 2002.  We have also leased  approximately  200 square feet  located at
#304, 320 23rd Avenue,  Calgary  Alberta T2S 0J2 at a monthly rate of Cdn$625.00
pursuant to a sublease  which  expires on March 30, 2000.  This space houses our
switching  platform.  We have  entered  into an  office  access  agreement  with
Advantis  Business  Centres  pursuant to which they provide us with office space
and  services on an 'as  needed'  basis  until  March 31,  2000,  at One Sansome
Street, Suite 2000, San Francisco, CA 94104 at a cost of $299.00 per month.


<PAGE>22

                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers of iLink

        The present directors, executive officers, key employees and consultants
of iLink,  their ages,  positions  held in iLink,  and duration as such,  are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>                             <C>      <C>

Name                            Position                        Age    Period
- ------------------------------ -------------------------------  ----   --------------------------
Amar Bahadoorsingh              Chairman of the Board,          29     February 1999 - present
                                President, Secretary and Chief
                                Financial Officer
Peter Schriber                  Director                        31     February 1999 - present
Joseph R. Q. (Rick) Villaneuva  Key Employee                    35     March 1999 - present
Randall Owen Walrond            Key Consultant                  33     March 1999 - present

</TABLE>

Business Experience

        The  following  is  a  brief  account  of  the  education  and  business
experience  during  at least  the past five  years of each  director,  executive
officer,  and key employee,  indicating the principal  occupation and employment
during that period,  and the name and principal  business of the organization in
which such occupation and employment were carried out.

        Amar  Bahadoorsingh  has been an officer  and  director  of iLink  since
February  26, 1999.  Mr.  Bahadoorsingh  has been  integral in  solidifying  the
opportunities that now comprise iLink. Starting in 1992, Mr. Bahadoorsingh ran a
private venture capital organization which assisted in the development,  funding
and strategic  marketing of concepts and businesses.  Mr.  Bahadoorsingh holds a
master's degree in business administration from Queen's University,  in Ontario,
Canada,  with a focus on  management  and  marketing  strategy  and a bachelor's
degree  from the  University  of  Western  Ontario.  He is a partner  in several
businesses including the brokerage firm Insync Securities Limited, a real-estate
development company, and a travel management company.

         Peter M. Schriber has been a director of iLink since February 26, 1999.
Mr.  Schriber  holds a bachelor's  degree in economics  from the  University  of
Western  Ontario.  Since December of 1996 Mr. Schriber has been the president of
Insync  Securities   Limited  and  a  director  and  vice-president  of  Matisse
Investment  Management,  two companies  engaged in the business of the designing
and marketing  financial  products.  Prior to December  1996,  Mr.  Schriber was
employed by a European investment bank.

         Joseph R. Q. (Rick) Villaneuva has been involved in the
telecommunications  industry  since  1988.  Previously,  he  specialized  in the
maintenance and manufacturing of radio/wireless  technologies and equipment.  In
1994,  Mr.  Villanueva  developed  his expertise in IVR based  technologies  and
products,  working in both technical and marketing/sales support capacities. Mr.
Villanueva oversees iLink's Calgary operations.

          Randall  Owen Walrond is the founding  President of IVR  interACTIVE
which  developed and marketed  voice mail  products.  Mr. Walrond guides iLink's
implementation of new products as well as its research and development.  Mr.

<PAGE>23

Walrond has over 15 years programming experience and holds a bachelors Degree in
Economics focusing on computer based macro-economic  regressionary analysis. Mr.
Walrond's work in computer  integrated  telephony  encompasses voice processing,
call  management,   interactive  voice  response,   voice   recognition,   faxes
processing, web development, scripting languages as well as telephony networking
based on Internet protocols.

Family Relationships

        Other than the  employment  by iLink of the sister of its  President and
Chief Executive Officer as a Corporate Development Trainee,  there are no family
relationships between any director, executive officer or employee.

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The following  table provides  certain  summary  information  concerning
compensation of iLink's Chief Executive  Officer.  No executive officer of iLink
or of any  subsidiaries  earned in excess of $100,000  for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>      <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>                 <C>
                                                      SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                                      Long-Term
                                 Annual Compensation                                Compensation
                       ---------------------------------------                   -------------------
Name and Principal                                               Other Annual        Securities         All Other
Position                 Year        Salary         Bonus        Compensation    Underlying Options    Compensation
- ---------------------- --------- -------------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------- ----------------
Amar Bahadoorsingh(1)    1999         -0-            -0-              -0-                -0-               -0-
President and Chief
Executive Officer
- ---------------------- --------- -------------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------- ----------------
</TABLE>

(1)     Mr. Bahadoorsingh has served as iLink's Director, President and Chief
        Executive Officer since February 26, 1999.

        Subsequent  to the  fiscal  year end of  February  28,  1999:  (i) iLink
commenced  paying $5,000 per month for  consulting  services to Devmar  Holdings
Ltd., a company controlled by Mr. Bahadoorsingh; and (ii) iLink issued 1,500,000
shares of its common stock to Mr. Bahadoorsingh as executive compensation.

        On March 25, 1999, certain officers and directors of iLink were issued a
total of 1,590,000 shares of iLink Common Stock. All of these shares are subject
to a Vesting  Agreement dated May 25, 1999 which provides for iLink to hold such
shares until certain milestones are reached.  These milestones include achieving
certain  levels  of  gross  revenues   (through   internal   growth  or  outside
acquisitions) or obtaining a PCS license in the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago.
The shares vest  automatically upon a takeover bid. Any shares not vested by May
25, 2000 will be automatically canceled.

Employment Agreements

         iLink has entered into a five year consulting  agreement dated
February 27, 1999, with Devmar  Holdings Ltd., a company  controlled by Mr. Amar
Bahadoorsingh. Pursuant to this consulting agreement iLink has agreed to pay

<PAGE>24


Devmar  Holdings  Ltd.  $5,000  per month  for  management  consulting  services
provided by Mr. Bahadoorsingh.

        iLink  has also  entered  into a one  year  consulting  agreement  dated
February 27, 1999,  with Mr. Randall Owen Walrond.  Pursuant to this  consulting
agreement  iLink has agreed to pay Mr.  Walrond  Cdn$5,000 per month in exchange
for technology consulting services which includes research and development.

        iLink  has also  entered  into  employment  agreements  with each of its
employees which contain confidentiality and non-circumvention clauses.

Stock Option Plan

        iLink has adopted a Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan").
The Option  Plan  authorizes  the  issuance of options to purchase up to 500,000
shares of its Common  Stock.  The Option Plan became  effective on June 1, 1999.
iLink employees,  directors,  officers, consultants and advisors are eligible to
be granted  options  pursuant to the Option Plan.  The option  exercise price is
determined by the Board of Directors.

        Options  granted  pursuant  to the  Option  Plan  terminate  on the date
established by the Board of Directors when the option was granted.

        The Option Plan is administered by iLink's Board of Directors. The Board
of Directors has the  authority to interpret  the  provisions of the Option Plan
and supervise the  administration of the Option Plan. In addition,  the Board of
Directors  is  empowered  to select  those  persons  to whom  options  are to be
granted,  to determine  the number of shares  subject to each grant of an option
and to determine  when,  and upon what  conditions or options  granted under the
Option Plan will vest or otherwise be subject to forfeiture and cancellation.

        In the discretion of the Board of Directors, any option granted pursuant
to the Option Plan may include  installment  exercise terms such that the option
becomes  fully  exercisable  in a series of  cumulating  portions.  The Board of
Directors may also accelerate the date upon which any option (or any part of any
options) is first  exercisable.  Any options granted pursuant to the Option Plan
will  be  forfeited  if the  "vesting"  schedule  established  by the  Board  of
Directors at the time of the grant is not met. For this  purpose,  vesting means
the period  during which the  employee  must remain an employee or the period of
time a non-employee  must provide services to us. At the time an employee ceases
working for us (or at the time a  non-employee  ceases to perform  services  for
us),  any  options not fully  vested  will be  forfeited  and  canceled.  In the
discretion  of the  Board of  Directors  payment  for  shares  of  Common  Stock
underlying  options  may be paid  through  the  delivery of shares of our Common
Stock having an aggregate fair market value equal to the option price,  provided
such shares have been owned by the option  holder for at least one year prior to
such  exercise.  A  combination  of cash and shares of Common  Stock may also be
permitted at the  discretion  of the Board of  Directors.  Options are generally
non-transferable except upon death of the option holder.

        iLink's  Board of  Directors  may at any  time,  and from  time to time,
amend, terminate, or suspend the Option Plan in any manner it deems appropriate,
provided that such amendment,  termination or suspension cannot adversely affect
rights or obligations with respect to shares or options previously granted.

<PAGE>25

        The Option Plan is not qualified  under  Section  401(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code,  and is not subject to any  provisions of the Employee  Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974.

        The  following  sets  forth  certain  information  as of June 30,  1999,
concerning the stock options granted by iLink.  Each option represents the right
to purchase one share of iLink Common Stock.

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                      <C>                      <C>

                          Total Shares Reserved    Shares Reserved for       Remaining Options
Name of Plan                   Under Plan         Outstanding Options           Under Plan
- --------------------    ------------------------  ---------------------      -----------------
Non-Qualified Stock              500,000                  23,000                  477,000
Option Plan

</TABLE>

        On June 8, 1999, the Board granted options to purchase a total of 23,000
shares  of iLink  Common  Stock at a price  of $5.25  per  share to three of its
employees.  The options are  exercisable for a term of one year. No directors or
officers have been granted any incentive stock options.

Directors Compensation

        iLink reimburses its directors for expenses  incurred in connection with
attending  Board  meetings  but it does not pay  director's  fees or other  cash
compensation for services rendered as a director.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Section  78.7502  of  the  Nevada  Revised  Statutes   provides  that  a
corporation  may  indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any  litigation  by  reason  of the fact  that he is or was a
director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  corporation,  against  expenses,
including  attorneys'  fees,  judgments,  fines and amounts  paid in  settlement
actually  and  reasonably  incurred by him in  connection  with the action if he
acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best  interests  of the  corporation,  and,  with  respect to any
criminal  action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful.  Any indemnification made under section 78.7502 must be determined
to be proper, on a case-by-case basis, by either iLink stockholders, a quorum of
its Board of Directors  (excluding any directors named in such action) or by the
written opinion of its legal counsel.  iLink's Articles of Incorporation and its
Bylaws  provide for  indemnification  of its directors,  officers,  employees or
agents against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement  if they acted in good faith and  reasonably  believed  their
conduct or action to be in iLink's best interest.

        iLink  has  entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with both of its
directors pursuant to which it has agreed to indemnify them from and against any
and all costs,  charges  and  expenses,  however  arising or incurred by them by
reason of their being a director of iLink, subject to the determination referred
to above.

        Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be  permitted to  directors,  officers,  or persons  controlling
iLink pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  iLink has been informed that in the
opinion of the SEC, such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.


<PAGE>26

                          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
                        BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Principal Stockholders

        The following  table set forth certain  information as of June 30, 1999,
with  respect to the  beneficial  ownership  of iLink  Common Stock for (i) each
director,  (ii) all directors  and officers of iLink as a group,  and (iii) each
person  known to  iLink to own  beneficially  five  percent  (5%) or more of the
outstanding shares of our Common Stock.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>                    <C>


Name of Address of                                          Number of Shares
Beneficial Owner                                            Beneficially Owned(1)       Percent of Class
- ------------------------------------------                  -----------------------     ------------------
Amar Bahadoorsingh                                              1,558,000(2)(4)              28%
2360 Larch Street
Vancouver, BC  V6K 3P8

Peter M. Schriber                                                 275,000(3)(4)               5%
#3 - 2636 Yukon Street
Vancouver, BC V5Y 3P8

Century Capital Management Ltd.                                   322,259(4)                  5%
Suite 1650, 200 Burrard Street
Vancouver, BC V6E 2K3(5)

Bona Vista West Ltd.                                              500,000                     9%
2001 Leeward Highway,
P. O. Box 62
The McLean Building, Providenciales
Turks & Caicos Islands(6)

P.T.N. Ltd                                                       500,000                      9%
PO Box N-1612
Nassau, Bahamas(7)

All Directors and Officers as a Group                          1,833,000                     33%
</TABLE>


(1)     The persons named in the table have sole voting or investment power with
        respect to all of the Common Stock shown as beneficially  owned by them,
        subject to  community  property  laws where  applicable  or as otherwise
        indicated.

(2)     Includes 58,000 shares of Common Stock which can be acquired through the
        conversion of 145 shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock owned
        by ABDE Holdings Ltd. Conversion rate calculated as of July 31, 1999.

(3)     Includes 250,000 shares held by Marketsource Direct Holdings Ltd., which
        is an entity controlled by Mr. Schriber.

(4)     These  shares are  subject to a Vesting  Agreement  pursuant  to which a
        portion of such shares may be forfeited  unless and until fully  vested.
        See  description  of  Vesting   Agreement  under  the  heading  "Certain
        Relationships and Related Transactions."

(5)     The sole officer, director and shareholder of Century Capital Management
        Ltd. is Andrew Hromyk, a former director of iLink.

<PAGE>27

(6)     The sole officer, director and shareholder of Bona Vista West Ltd. is
        Andrew Meade.

(7)     The sole officer, director and shareholder of P.T.N. Ltd. is
        Robert Montgomery.


                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        Except as  otherwise  indicated  below,  we have not been a party to any
transaction, proposed transaction, or series of transactions in which the amount
involved exceeds $60,000, and in which, to our knowledge,  any of our directors,
officers,  five  percent  beneficial  security  holder,  or  any  member  of the
immediate  family  of the  foregoing  persons  has had or will  have a direct or
indirect material interest.

        In February  1999,  we agreed to purchase  all of the shares of iLink BC
from  ABDE  Holdings  Ltd.,  a  company  controlled  by Mr.  Bahadoorsingh,  our
President and Chief Executive Officer,  in exchange for 145 shares of our Series
A Convertible  Preferred Stock. At the time of this agreement Mr.  Bahadoorsingh
was not a  director  or  officer  of iLink.  Subsequent  to this  agreement  Mr.
Bahadoorsingh  and Mr.  Schriber  were  appointed  as  directors  and the  prior
director resigned.  Each share of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock entitles
ABDE to convert  into $1,000  worth of our common stock at a 25% discount to the
average  market price of our common stock for the five trading days  immediately
preceding the  conversion.  The shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock
will be deemed to convert  into shares of our Common  Stock on the date which is
five days from the date of this  Prospectus.  The  value of the  acquisition  of
iLink BC was deemed to be $145,000, which represents the approximate cost of the
assets of iLink BC to ABDE Holdings Ltd., without  significant  mark-up. We also
agreed with ABDE Holdings Ltd. to file a registration  statement with the SEC in
respect of the shares of Common  Stock to be issued upon the  conversion  of the
shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock on or before May 31, 1999 and to
use our best efforts to make same effective as soon as  practicable  thereafter.
ABDE   Holdings  Ltd.  has   subsequently   agreed  to  postpone  this  deadline
indefinitely.

        We have entered into a five-year consulting agreement dated February 27,
1999 with Devmar Holdings,  Ltd. which is controlled by Mr.  Bahadoorsingh.  The
agreement  provides for monthly  payments of $5,000 per month for the consulting
services of Mr.  Bahadoorsingh.  Although the agreement provides for semi-annual
reviews by iLink,  and either party may terminate the agreement  upon four weeks
notice.

        In May  1999,  we  issued  250,000  shares  of  iLink  Common  Stock  to
Marketsource  Direct Holdings,  Ltd., a company  controlled by Mr.  Schriber,  a
director of iLink, as compensation for services rendered to iLink.  These shares
are  subject  to  the  terms  of a  Vesting  Agreement.  Under  this  Agreement,
Marketsource  Direct  Holdings  would  forfeit  all or part of these  shares  if
certain milestones are not achieved by March 25, 2000.

        In March 1999 we issued 300,000 of iLink Common Stock to Century Capital
Management Ltd.  ("Century  Capital"),  a company controlled by Andrew Hromyk, a
former director of iLink, as compensation for services rendered to iLink.  These
shares  are  subject  to the terms of a Vesting  Agreement  which,  among  other
things, requires forfeiture of all or part of these shares if certain milestones
are not  achieved by March 25, 2000.  The  agreement  with Century  Capital also
provides for monthly  consulting  fees of $5,000 for the term of agreement which
is for 12 months.  Such term is  automatically  renewed for  successive  6-month
periods until either party gives notice to terminate the agreement.


<PAGE>28



        In May, 1999 Century  Capital  assigned its interest in a lease covering
certain office space to iLink. The lease was assigned to iLink on the same terms
and conditions  that existed for Century Capital except that iLink has agreed to
indemnify  Century Capital for any  liabilities  which may arise under the lease
after the  assignment  and  Century  Capital was issued  22,259  shares of iLink
Common Stock as consideration for certain leasehold improvements,  furniture and
telephone equipment.

        In March  1999,  we entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with our
directors pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify them from and against any and
all costs,  charges and expenses,  however arising or incurred by either of them
in relation  to our  affairs by reason of them being a director.  As required by
Nevada corporate law, such indemnification must be determined to be proper, on a
case-by-case  basis,  by  either  our  stockholders,  a quorum  of our  Board of
Directors  (excluding  any  directors  named in such  action) or by the  written
opinion of our legal counsel.


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        The Selling  Stockholder  may, from time to time, upon converting all or
part of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock,  sell all or a portion of the
shares of Common  Stock on any market upon which the Common Stock may be quoted,
in privately negotiated  transactions or otherwise,  at fixed prices that may be
changed,  at market prices  prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to
such market  prices or at negotiated  prices.  The shares of Common Stock may be
sold by the Selling Stockholder by one or more of the following methods, without
limitation,  (a)  block  trades in which the  broker or dealer so  engaged  will
attempt to sell the shares of Common  Stock as agent but may position and resell
a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction, (b) purchases
by broker or dealer as  principal  and  resale by such  broker or dealer for its
account pursuant to this Prospectus,  (c) an exchange distribution in accordance
with  the  rules of such  exchange,  (d)  ordinary  brokerage  transactions  and
transactions in which the broker solicits  purchasers,  (e) privately negotiated
transactions,  (f) market  sales  (both  long and short to the extent  permitted
under the federal securities laws), and (g) a combination of any such methods of
sale. In effecting sales, brokers and dealers engaged by the Selling Stockholder
may arrange for other brokers or dealers to participate.  Brokers or dealers may
receive  commissions or discounts from the Selling  Stockholder (or, if any such
broker-dealer  acts  as  agent  for the  purchaser  of such  shares,  from  such
purchaser)  in amounts to be  negotiated  which are not expected to exceed those
customary in the types of transactions  involved.  Broker-dealers may agree with
the  Selling  Stockholder  to sell a  specified  number of such shares of Common
Stock at a stipulated price per share, and, to the extent such  broker-dealer is
unable to do so acting as agent for the  Selling  Stockholder,  to  purchase  as
principal any unsold shares of Common Stock at the price required to fulfill the
broker-dealer commitment to the Selling Stockholder.  Broker-dealers who acquire
shares of Common Stock as principal may thereafter  resell such shares of Common
Stock from time to time in  transactions  (which may involve block  transactions
and sales to and through other  broker-dealers,  including  transactions  of the
nature  described above) in the  over-the-counter  market or otherwise at prices
and on terms then  prevailing at the time of sale, at prices then related to the
then-current market price or in negotiated  transactions and, in connection with
such resales, may pay to or receive from the purchasers of such shares of Common
Stock commissions as described above. The Selling  Stockholder may also sell the
shares of Common Stock in  accordance  with Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act,
rather than pursuant to this Prospectus.

        The  Selling   Stockholder  and  any   broker-dealers   or  agents  that
participate with the Selling  Stockholder in sales of the shares of Common Stock
may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act in

<PAGE>29

connection  with such sales.  In such event,  any  commissions  received by such
broker-dealers  or agents  and any  profit on the resale of the shares of Common
Stock  purchased  by  them  may be  deemed  to be  underwriting  commissions  or
discounts under the Securities Act.

        From time to time,  the  Selling  Stockholder  may  pledge its shares of
Common Stock pursuant to the margin  provisions of its customer  agreements with
its brokers.  Upon default by the Selling Stockholder,  the broker may offer and
sell such pledged  shares of Common Stock from time to time.  Upon a sale of the
shares of Common  Stock,  the  Selling  Stockholder  intends to comply  with the
Prospectus  delivery  requirements,  under the  Securities  Act, by delivering a
Prospectus  to  each  purchaser  in the  transaction.  We  intend  to  file  any
amendments or other  necessary  documents in compliance  with the Securities Act
which may be required in the event the Selling  Stockholder  defaults  under any
customer agreement with brokers.

        All expenses of the registration  statement  including,  but not limited
to, legal, accounting, printing and mailing fees are and will be borne by us.


                               SELLING STOCKHOLDER

     ABDE  Holdings  Ltd. is the sole Selling  Stockholder  of the shares of our
common  stock to be  issued  upon  the  conversion  of the  shares  of  Series A
Convertible  Preferred Stock. The sole voting  shareholder of ABDE Holdings Ltd.
is  Devmar  Holdings  Ltd.,  a  company  owned by Mr.  Amar  Bahadoorsingh,  our
President and Chief Executive Officer.

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>      <C>

                                                                                  Number of Common
                                       Number of Common          Number of      Shares Beneficially
                                     Shares Beneficially       Common Shares      Owned Following
Name of Shareholder               Owned Prior to the Offering Offered Hereby        the Offering
- ----------------------           ----------------------------  --------------   ---------------------
                                      # Of          % Of           # Of           # Of       % Of
                                   Shares(1)       Class          Shares        Shares(1)   Class
                                   ---------      --------       --------       ---------  ---------
ABDE Holdings, Ltd.                58,000 (2)       (3)           58,000           -0-       -0-
</TABLE>

        (1)           Excludes shares owned by Mr. Bahadoorsingh who is the
                      controlling owner of ABDE Holdings, Ltd.

        (2)           Assumes  full  conversion  of  the  Series  A  Convertible
                      Preferred Stock on the later of (a) August 26, 1999 or (b)
                      the date which is five  business  days after the effective
                      date of this registration  statement.  The conversion rate
                      is  calculated  as of July 31,  1999.  The exact number of
                      shares  may vary due to the  conversion  formula  which is
                      based on the bid price of iLink's common stock at the time
                      of conversion.

        (3)           Less than 1%.



<PAGE>30

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        Our  authorized  capital stock  consists of 25,000,000  shares of Common
Stock, $.001 par value, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.001 par value
("Preferred  Stock"). As of June 30, 1999, there were 5,412,963 shares of Common
Stock  outstanding  and 145  shares  of  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
outstanding.

Common Stock

        Each  stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock
held on all matters  submitted to a vote of stockholders.  Cumulative voting for
the  election  of  directors  is  not  provided  for  in  our   certificate   of
incorporation.

        Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be
declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally  available for dividends
and, in the event of liquidation,  to share pro rata in any  distribution of our
assets after payment of liabilities.  Our Board of Directors is not obligated to
declare a dividend.  It is not  anticipated  that  dividends will be paid in the
foreseeable future.

        Holders of Common  Stock do not have  preemptive  rights to subscribe to
additional shares if issued by us. There are no conversion,  redemption, sinking
fund or similar  provisions  regarding the Common Stock.  All of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable and all of the shares of
Common Stock issued upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock will be,
upon issuance, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

        iLink is authorized to issue up to 5,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock.
Our  Articles  of  Incorporation  provide  that the Board of  Directors  has the
authority to issue the Preferred  Stock into series and,  within the limitations
provided  by  Nevada  statute,   to  fix  by  resolution  the  powers,   rights,
preferences,  qualifications,  limitations and restrictions of the shares of any
series so established.  As our Board of Directors has authority to establish the
terms of, and to issue, the preferred stock without  shareholder  approval,  the
preferred  stock  could be issued to defend  against any  attempted  takeover of
iLink.

        In March 1999, our Board of Directors established a Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock and  authorized  the  issuance  of up to 145 shares of Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock as part of that series.  Upon any  liquidation  or
dissolution of iLink, each outstanding  share of Series A Convertible  Preferred
Stock is entitled to distribution of $1,000 per share prior to any  distribution
to the holders of our Common Stock. The shares of Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock are not entitled to any dividends or voting rights.  On March 31, 1999, we
issued 145 shares of our Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock to ABDE Holdings
Ltd. at a deemed  price of $1,000 per share in exchange for all of the shares of
iLink BC. Five days after the date of this  Registration  Statement  is declared
effective each share of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock will automatically
convert  into  shares of our  Common  Stock in an amount  equal to the  Series A
Preferred Stock stated value of $1,000 divided by 75% of the average closing bid
price of our Common  Stock for the five trading days  preceding  the  conversion
date. The shares  issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred  Shares
are being  offered  for  resale to the public by means of this  Prospectus.  See
"Selling  Shareholder."  At this time,  the Board of Directors has authorized no
other shares of Preferred Stock.

<PAGE>31




                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        We are not a party to any legal proceedings.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

        The  validity  of the  shares of Common  Stock  offered  by the  Selling
Stockholder  will be passed  upon by the law firm of Bartel Eng Linn & Schroder,
Sacramento, California.


                                     EXPERTS

        The  consolidated  balance  sheets as of February 28, 1999 and 1998, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for the year ended  February  28,  1999 and for each of the  periods  from
December  10, 1997 (date of  inception)  to February  28, 1999 and  February 28,
1998,  included  in this  Prospectus  have been  audited  by Ernst & Young  LLP,
independent chartered accountants, as set forth in their report thereon included
elsewhere  herein and are included in reliance  upon such  report,  given on the
authority of such firm, as experts in accounting and auditing.


                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

        We have filed a registration  statement on Form SB-2,  together with all
amendments and exhibits,  with the SEC. This  Prospectus,  which forms a part of
that registration  statement,  does not contain all information  included in the
registration  statement.  Certain information is omitted and you should refer to
the registration statement and its exhibits.  With respect to references made in
this Prospectus to any contract or other document of iLink,  such references are
not  necessarily  complete and you should refer to the exhibits  attached to the
registration  statement for copies of the actual  contract or document.  You may
review a copy of the registration  statement at the SEC's public reference room,
and at the SEC's  regional  offices  located at 500 West Madison  Street,  Suite
1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661,  and Seven World Trade Center,  13th Floor, New
York,  New  York  10048.  Please  call  the SEC at  1-800-SEC-0330  for  further
information on the operation of the public  reference rooms. Our filings and the
registration  statement  can also be reviewed by accessing  the SEC's website at
http://www.sec.gov.



<PAGE>32



                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

Financial Statements

The following Financial Statements pertaining to iLink are filed as part of this
Prospectus:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                       <C>

Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999..........F-1 to F-10

Report of Independent Accountants......................................................... F-11
Year-end Consolidated Balance Sheets.......................................................F-12
Year-end Consolidated Statements of Operations.............................................F-13
Year-end Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity...................................F-14
Year-end Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.............................................F-14
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................F-16 to F-20

</TABLE>

<PAGE>II-1



                 PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.              Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section  78.7502  of  the  Nevada  Revised  Statutes   provides  that  a
corporation  may  indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any  litigation  by  reason  of the fact  that he is or was a
director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  corporation,  against  expenses,
including  attorneys'  fees,  judgments,  fines and amounts  paid in  settlement
actually  and  reasonably  incurred by him in  connection  with the action if he
acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best  interests  of the  corporation,  and,  with  respect to any
criminal  action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful.  Any indemnification made under section 78.7502 must be determined
to be proper, on a case-by-case  basis, by either our stockholders,  a quorum of
our Board of Directors  (excluding any directors named in such action) or by the
written  opinion of our legal  counsel.  Our Articles of  Incorporation  and our
Bylaws  provide for  indemnification  of our directors,  officers,  employees or
agents against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in  settlement  if they acted in good faith and reasoned  their  conduct or
action to be in our best interest.

        We  have  entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with  both  of our
directors  pursuant to which we have agreed to  indemnify  them from and against
any and all costs, charges and expenses,  however arising or incurred by them by
reason of their  being a  director,  subject to the  determination  referred  to
above.

        Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be  permitted to  directors,  officers,  or persons  controlling
iLink  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  we has been informed that, in the
opinion of the SEC, such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 25.              Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following  table sets forth the costs and expenses  payable by us in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered
hereunder.  No expenses  shall be borne by the Selling  Stockholder.  All of the
amounts shown are estimates, except for the SEC Registration Fees.

SEC registration fee                              $       81
Printing and engraving expenses                   $    2,500
Accounting fees and expenses                      $    7,500
Legal fees and expenses                           $   15,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees                 $      500
Fees and expenses for qualification under
state securities laws                             $       -0-
Miscellaneous                                     $    1,000
Total                                             $   26,581

<PAGE>


Item 26.       Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        On May 25,  1999,  iLink  issued  250,000  shares of its Common Stock to
Marketsource Direct Holdings Ltd., a company controlled by Mr. Peter Schriber, a
director of iLink, as compensation  for services  rendered to iLink.  The deemed
price at which  this  Common  Stock  was  issued  was  $0.001  per  share.  This
transaction was exempt from  registration by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
These shares are subject to a Vesting Agreement.

        On May 20,  1999,  iLink  issued  22,259  shares of its Common  Stock to
Century Capital  Management Ltd. as consideration for the acquisition of certain
leasehold  improvements,  furniture and telephone  equipment valued at $44, 518.
The price at which  this  Common  Stock was  issued  was $2.00 per  share.  This
transaction was exempt from registration by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

        On April 6, 1999,  iLink issued 353,500 shares of its Common Stock to 22
different  investors  at a price of $1.00 per share for gross cash  proceeds  to
iLink of $353,500.  This transaction was exempt from registration by Rule 504 of
Regulation D.

        On April 2, 1999, iLink issued 1,300,000 shares of its Common Stock to 4
different  investors  at a price of $0.05 per share for gross cash  proceeds  to
iLink of $65,000.  This transaction was exempt from  registration by Rule 504 of
Regulation D.

        On March 31,  1999,  iLink  issued  145  shares of Series A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock to ABDE Holdings Ltd. in  consideration  for the acquisition of
all of the shares of iLink BC. The deemed  price at which this  preferred  stock
was issued was $1,000 per share.  This transaction was exempt from  registration
by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

        On March 25, 1999,  iLink issued 1,590,000 shares of its Common Stock to
certain of its directors and employees as compensation for services  rendered to
iLink and to induce them to remain in iLink's employ and to perform their duties
and  responsibilities to the best of their abilities.  The deemed price at which
this Common Stock was issued was $0.001 per share.  This  transaction was exempt
from  registration  by Section 4(2) of the  Securities  Act.  1,590,000 of these
shares are subject to a Vesting Agreement.

        On March 25, 1999,  iLink issued  300,000  shares of its Common Stock to
Century Capital  Management Ltd.  pursuant to the terms of an engagement  letter
dated March 25, 1999, between iLink and Century Capital Management Ltd. pursuant
to  which  Century  Capital   Management  Ltd.  provides  iLink  with  financial
consulting services.  The deemed price at which this Common Stock was issued was
$0.001 per share.  This transaction was exempt from registration by Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act.  These shares are subject to a Vesting Agreement.

        On March 16, 1999,  iLink issued  250,000  shares of its Common Stock to
two different investors at a price of $0.05 per share for gross cash proceeds to
iLink of $12,500.  This transaction was exempt from  registration by Rule 504 of
Regulation D.

        On June 26, 1998, iLink merged with Aquasol Technologies, Inc. (formerly
AFD Capital  Group,  Inc.), a Nevada  corporation,  on the basis of one share of
iLink Common Stock for each share of common stock of Aquasol  Technologies  Inc.
then  outstanding.  As a result of this merger iLink issued 2,080,000* shares of
its Common Stock to the stockholders of Aquasol  Technologies,  Inc., the Nevada
corporation.

<PAGE>II-3

The merger was exempt from  registration by Rule 504 of Regulation D. Subsequent
to the merger  1,020,000 shares of iLink Common Stock issued to the stockholders
of  Aquasol  Technologies,   Inc.  were  surrendered  to  iLink's  treasury  for
cancellation.  Prior to the date of the merger  Aquasol  Technologies,  Inc. had
issued the following securities:

               (i)    On March  31,  1998,  Aquasol  Technologies,  Inc.  issued
                      80,000*  shares of common stock to one investor at a price
                      of $0.05 per share for gross  proceeds to iLink of $4,000.
                      This transaction was exempt from  registration by Rule 504
                      of Regulation D.

               (ii)  On  April  1,  1997,  Aquasol  Technologies,  Inc.  issued
                      1,000,000*  shares of common stock to five  investors at a
                      price of $0.01 per share  for gross  proceeds  to iLink of
                      $10,000.  This transaction was exempt from registration by
                      Rule 504 of Regulation D.

               (iii)  On March  27,  1997,  Aquasol  Technologies,  Inc.  issued
                      1,000,000*  shares of common  stock to two  investors at a
                      price of $0.01 per share  for gross  proceeds  to iLink of
                      $10,000.  This transaction was exempt from registration by
                      Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

        On January 15, 1998, iLink issued 992,000* shares of its Common Stock to
the seven  shareholders  of Aquasol  Technologies  Inc (an Alberta  corporation)
formerly named Noralta  Technologies  Corp. in exchange for all of the shares of
Aquasol  Technologies  Corp.  (the Alberta  corporation).  This  transaction was
exempt from  registration by Rule 504 of Regulation D. On January 15,1999,  this
transaction  was  unwound  and  iLink  returned  all of the  shares  of  Aquasol
Technologies Corp. (the Alberta corporation) to the seven former shareholders of
that  corporation  and iLink  canceled the  992,000*  shares of its Common Stock
which were issued to them.

        On January 12, 1998, iLink issued  4,000,000* shares of its Common Stock
to one  investor at a price of $0.0001 per share for gross  proceeds to iLink of
$400. This transaction was exempt from registration by Rule 504 of Regulation D.

        On January 9, 1998,  iLink  merged  with  Aquasol  Technologies  Inc. (a
Delaware  corporation)  on the basis of one share of iLink Common Stock for each
share of common stock of Aquasol Technologies Inc. then outstanding. As a result
of this  merger  iLink  issued  100*  shares  of its  common  stock  to the sole
stockholder of Aquasol Technologies,  Inc., the Delaware corporation. The merger
was exempt  from  registration  by Rule 504 of  Regulation  D. The 100 shares of
common  stock   outstanding   in  Aquasol   Technologies,   Inc.,  the  Delaware
corporation,  immediately  prior to the merger had been issued on  December  18,
1997,  at a  price  of  $0.10  per  share.  This  transaction  was  exempt  from
registration by Rule 504 of Regulation D.

        On December 26, 1997,  iLink  effected a plan of share exchange with the
holders of shares of Series I common stock  issued by STB Corp.  on the basis of
one share of iLink  Common  Stock  for each one  share of Series I common  stock
outstanding  in STB Corp.  Pursuant to this  transaction  iLink issued  175,456*
shares of its Common Stock to 293 different  holders of Series I common stock of
STB  Corp.  This  transaction  was  exempt  from  registration  by  Rule  504 of
Regulation D.

<PAGE>II-4



     On December 11, 1997,  iLink sold 1,500,000*  shares of its Common Stock to
one investor for gross proceeds to iLink of $5,000.  This transaction was exempt
from registration by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

*These share amounts have not been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-5 reverse stock
split which was effective on February 14, 1999.

Item 27.       Exhibits

The following Exhibits are filed with this Prospectus:


            Name
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
         3.1   Certificate of Incorporation and Amendments
            a.  Certificate of Incorporation
            b.  Certificate of Amendment, dated
            c.  Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation, dated
                February 3, 1999
            d.  Certificate  of Amendment of Articles of  Incorporation,  dated
                February 3, 1999
            e.  Certificate  of Amendment of Articles of  Incorporation,  dated
                March 17, 1999

         3.2   Bylaws

         4.1   Certificate of Designation

         4.2   Vesting Agreements
            a.  Vesting Agreement
            b.  Vesting Agreement

         5.0   Opinion of Bartel Eng Linn & Schroder  regarding the legality of
               the securities being registered

        10.1   Share Purchase  Agreement  dated February 26, 1999 between iLink
               and ABDE Holdings Ltd.

        10.2   Assignment Agreements dated February 25, 1999 between 57982
               B.C. Ltd. and ABDE Holdings Ltd.
            a.   Assignment Agreement dated February 25, 1999 between 57982
                 B.C. Ltd. and ABDE Holdings Ltd.
            b.   Assignment Agreement dated February 25, 1999 between 57982 B.C.
                 Ltd. and ABDE Holdings Ltd.

<PAGE>II-5


        10.3   Assignment of Lease by Tenant with Landlord's Consent dated as
               of June 1, 1999 between Golden Capital Properties Ltd. Century
               Capital Management Ltd. and iLink

        10.4   Agreement with Thor Communications dated April 1, 1999

        10.5   Consulting Agreement with Industar Digital PCS dated May 14, 1999

        10.6   Consulting Agreement with Randall Walrond dated February 27, 1999

        10.7   Management Contract with Devmar Holdings Ltd. dated
               February 27, 1999

        10.8   Agreement with Gulf Atlantic Publishing, Inc. dated March 22,1999

        10.9   Agreement with Corporate Relations Group, Inc. dated March 22,
               1999
        10.10  Agreement with Century Capital Management Ltd. dated March 25,
               1999

        10.11  Office Access Agreement with Alliance Business Centers dated
               April 27, 1999 for the San Francisco office

        10.12  Sublease Agreement with HyPower Fuel Inc. dated February 1, 1999
               for the Calgary office

        10.13  IVR Platform Service Agreement between Telus Communications Inc.
               and Revere Communications Inc. dated June 16, 1998
               (to be submitted by amendment)

        10.14  Letter of amendment to IVR Platform agreement dated January 6,
               1999 (to be submitted by amendment)

        10.15  Assignment and Amending Agreement between Revere
               Communications Inc. and ABDE Holdings Ltd. and Telus
               Communications Inc. dated January 12, 1999(to be submitted by
               amendment)

        10.16  Agreement for Purchase and Sale between Revere Communications
               Inc., ABDE Holdings Ltd. dated January 13,1999

        10.17  Letter Agreement with Telephony Experts dated May 24, 1999

        23.1   Consent  of  Bartel  Eng Linn &  Schroder  contained  in
               Exhibit 5

        23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP


<PAGE>II-6



Item 28.       Undertakings

        The undersigned Company hereby undertakes:

        (1) To file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a  post-effective  amendment  to this  registration  statement  to  include  any
material  information  with respect to the plan of  distribution  not previously
disclosed  in  the  registration  statement  or  any  material  change  to  such
information in the registration statement;

        (2)  That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
Securities Act, each such  post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration  statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof;

        (3) To remove from  registration by means of a post-effective  amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

        Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
iLink pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, iLink has been advised
that in the opinion of the  Commission  such  indemnification  is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable.  In
the event that a claim for indemnification  against such liabilities (other than
the  payment by iLink of expenses  incurred  or paid by a  director,  officer or
controlling  person of iLink in the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection  with the  securities  being  registered,  iLink will,  unless in the
opinion of our counsel  the matter has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against  public policy as expressed in the  Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities Act, the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
registration  statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be part of this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

<PAGE>II-7


                                          SIGNATURE

        In accordance  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized  this  registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  in the  City  of
Vancouver, Province of British Columbia, on August 6, 1999.



                                            ILINK TELECOM, INC.,
                                            a Nevada Corporation

                                         /s/ AMAR BAHADOORSINGH
                                            --------------------------
                                             Amar Bahadoorsingh,
                                             President

        In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration  statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates stated.


Signatures                                                      Date

                                                                August 6, 1999
/s/ AMAR BAHADOORSINGH
    ----------------------
    Amar Bahadoorsingh,
    President, Director, Chief Executive
    Officer, Chief Financial Officer
    (Principal Executive Officer; Principal Financial
    and Accounting Officer)


/s/ PETER M. SCHRIBER                                           August 6, 1999
    ----------------------
    Peter M. Schriber,
    Director

<PAGE>F-1



                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)

                                     Nevada

                    INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                (in U.S. dollars)
                     For the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999




<PAGE>F-2




                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)
                       Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet
                                   (unaudited)
                               As at May 31, 1999
                                (in U.S. dollars)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                       <C>             <C>


                                                                                                May 31,      February 28,
Assets                                                                                           1999            1999
                                                                                            -----------     ------------
Current:
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                               $   65,971     $           -
    Accounts receivable                                                                          2,192                 -
    Prepaid expenses and deposits                                                               10,575                 -
    Due from related parties                                                                    13,165                 -
                                                                                             ----------      ------------
Total current assets                                                                            91,903                 -
Equipment (Note 3)                                                                              63,135            15,254
Goodwill                                                                                       127,253           138,746
                                                                                             ----------      ------------
                                                                                             $ 282,291          $154,000
                                                                                             ==========      ============
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Current:
    Accrued liabilities                                                                     $   51,170         $  27,139
                                                                                             ----------         --------
Total current liabilities                                                                       51,170            27,139
                                                                                             ----------         --------
Stockholders' Equity:
    Share Capital (Note 4)
    Common stock - $0.001 par value
        25,000,000 authorized, 5,412,963
        (February 28, 1999 - 1,347,204) issued and outstanding                                   5,413             1,347
    Preferred stock -
          5,000,000 authorized, 145 Series A Convertible issued and outstanding                145,000

    Additional paid in capital                                                                 476,875             4,228
    Preferred stock to be issued                                                                    -
145,000
    Deficit accumulated in the development stage                                              (396,167)          (23,714)
                                                                                              ---------          --------
Total stockholders' equity                                                                     231,121           126,861
Commitments (Note 5)
Subsequent Events (Note 6)
                                                                                              --------          --------
                                                                                             $ 282,291          $154,000
                                                                                              ========          ========
</TABLE>

On Behalf of the Board:


Director

- ---------------------------
Director


<PAGE>F-3




                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)
             Interim Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
                                   (unaudited)
                     For the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999
                                (in U.S. dollars)
<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>               <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>


                                         Common Stock
                                                                   Additional                     Deficit
                                   Number of                        Paid in          Preferred  Accumulated in
                                    Shares            Amount        Capital           Shares    the Development   Total
                                       #                 $              $                $        Stage  $          $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issuance of common stock
     (Note 4(b))                   1,347,204          $1,347      $    4,228          $145,000  $        -       $150,575
Net Loss                                   -              -                -                 -     (23,714)       (23,714)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, February 28, 1999         1,347,204           1,347           4,228           145,000     (23,714)       126,861
Issuance of common stock           4,065,759           4,066         472,647                 -           -        476,713
Net Loss                                   -              -                -                 -    (372,453)      (372,453)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, May 31, 1999              5,412,963          $5,413        $476,875          $145,000   $(396,167)      $231,121
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>




<PAGE>F-4




                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)
                  Interim Consolidated Statement of Operations
                                   (unaudited)
                     For the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999
                                (in U.S. dollars)
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>                <C>                     <C>

                                                                                                                      Period
                                                                                                                       from
                                                                       For the Period                             December 10, 1997
                                                                       March 1, 1999 to   For the Year Ended         (Date of
                                                                       May 31, 1999        February 28, 1999       Incorporation)
                                                                                                                  to May 31, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenue:
    Sales$     2,878                                                 $           -            $       -            $    2,878
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expenses:
    Amortization                                                            15,425                    -                15,425
    Consulting fees                                                        110,342                8,139               118,481
    General and administrative                                             246,873                    -               252,273
    Professional fees                                                        2,691               10,000                12,691
    Writedown of investment                                                  -                      175                   175
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           375,331               18,314               399,045
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Loss (372,453)                                                        (18,314)             (396,167)
Deficit accumulated in the development stage, beginning                   (23,714)               (5,400)                    -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deficit accumulated in the development stage, ending                 $   (396,167)           $  (23,714)         $   (396,167)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic and diluted loss per share                                     $       (.14)           $    (0.01)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average number of shares                                       2,629,286             1,484,299
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>F-5




iLINK TELECOM, INC.

                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)
                             Statement of Cash Flows
                                   (unaudited)
                     For the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999
                                (in U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>                <C>



                                                                             For the          For the              Period Ended
                                                                              Three            Year              December 10, 1997
                                                                           Months Ended        Ended         (Date of Incorporation)
                                                                           May 31, 1999   February 28, 1999      to May 31, 1999


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Activities:
    Net Loss                                                                $(372,453)       $(18,314)                $(396,167)
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
    activities -
         Amortization                                                          15,425               -                    15,425
         Write-down of investment                                                   -             175                       175
         Shares issued for Services Rendered                                    2,140               -                     2,140
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities -
      (Increase) Decrease in accounts receivable                               (2,192)              -                   ( 2,192)
         (Increase) Decrease in prepaid expenses and deposits                 (10,575)              -                   (10,575)

         (Increase) Decrease in due from related parties                      (13,165)              -                   (13,165)
         Increase (Decrease) accrued liabilities                               24,031          18,139                    42,170
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows used in operating activities                                      (356,789)              -                  (362,189)

Investing Activity:
    Acquisition of capital assets                                              (7,295)              -                    (7,295)

Financing Activity:
    Proceeds from capital contributions                                       430,055               -                   435,455
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents                                  $   65,971         $     -                 $  65,971
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


<PAGE>F-6




iLINK TELECOM, INC.

                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)
                          Notes to Financial Statements
                                   (unaudited)
                     For the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999


1.    Formation and Business of the Company:

     iLink Telecom Inc. was  incorporated on December 10, 1997 under the name of
     Aquasol  Inc.  pursuant  to the laws of  Colorado  and on  January  9, 1998
     changed its domicile to Delaware. On July 14, 1998, the company merged with
     Aquasol  Technologies  Inc., a Nevada  corporation with nominal net assets,
     resulting in a change in its domicile to Nevada.  On February 26, 1999, the
     company  acquired all of the issued and  outstanding  common stock of iLink
     Telecom (B.C.) Inc.

     The company is engaged in the  development  of the  business  of  providing
     automated  call-processing  services  including  prepaid  call  processing,
     audiotex  and  passive  inbound  automated  tele-surveys.  The company is a
     development stage enterprise and anticipates obtaining working capital to
     fund the continuing development of its business through equity financings.

2.    Significant Accounting Policies:

     In the opinion of management,  the unaudited  financial  statements reflect
     all  adjustments,  which consist only of normal and recurring  adjustments,
     necessary to present fairly the financial  position at May 31, 1999 and the
     results  of  operations  and the  changes  in  financial  position  for the
     respective  three month  period  ended May 31,  1999,  in  accordance  with
     accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

     These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial
     statements   and  notes  thereto   contained  in  the   Company's   audited
     consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 28, 1999.

      a)  Principles of Consolidation -

          The interim consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of
          the company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, iLink Telecom (B.C.) Inc.
          (British Columbia,  Canada). All significant intercompany accounts and
          transactions have been eliminated.

      b)  Use of Estimates -

          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
          accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
          and  assumptions  that  affect the amounts  reported in the  financial
          statements and  accompanying  notes.  Actual results could differ from
          these estimates.

      c)  Equipment -

          Is stated at cost and are amortized on a straight-line  basis over the
          estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

                Computer equipment                                    3 years
                Furniture and office equipment                        5 years
                Telecom equipment                                     2 years


<PAGE>F-7

                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)
                          Notes to Financial Statements
                                   (unaudited)
                     For the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999



    d)    Income Taxes

          The company uses the liability  method of accounting for income taxes.
          Under this method,  deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
          based on the difference  between financial  statement and tax bases of
          assets and  liabilities  and are measured  using the enacted tax rates
          and laws that are  expected to be in effect when the  differences  are
          expected  to reverse.  Deferred  tax assets are reduced by a valuation
          allowance in respect of amounts  considered  by  management to be less
          likely than not of realization in future periods.

      e)  Goodwill -

          Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 3 years.

      f)  Computation of Loss per share -

          Basic loss per share is computed by dividing the loss  attributable to
          common  stockholders  by the weighted  average number of common shares
          outstanding  for that  period  excluding  shares  issued  for  nominal
          consideration  and subject to performance  criteria.  Diluted loss per
          share is  computed  giving  effect to all  dilutive  potential  common
          shares that were  outstanding  during the period.  Dilutive  potential
          common  shares  consist of  incremental  common  shares  issuable upon
          exercise of convertible securities.  As at May 31, 1999, there were no
          dilutive  potential  common shares and therefore the dilutive loss per
          share is equivalent to the basic loss per share.

      g)  Foreign Currency Translation -

          Assets and liabilities of integrated foreign subsidiary operations and
          foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities  of  Canadian
          operations are translated into United States dollars at exchange rates
          prevailing  at the  balance  sheet  date  for  monetary  items  and at
          exchange rates  prevailing at the  transaction  date for  non-monetary
          items. Revenues and expenses,  except amortization,  are translated at
          the average exchange rates for the year. Amortization is translated at
          the same rate as the related assets.

          Foreign  exchange gains or losses on monetary  assets and  liabilities
          are included in operations.

<PAGE>F-8

                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)
                          Notes to Financial Statements
                                   (unaudited)
                     For the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>                 <C>

3.    Equipment:
                                                                                   Accumulated         Net Book
                                                                 Cost             Amortization          Value
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Computer equipment                                        $ 15,036                $1,262          $13,774
      Furniture and office equipment                              51,003                 2,539           48,464
      Telecom equipment                                            1,028                   131              897
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 $67,067                $3,932          $63,135
===================================================================================================================


4.    Share Stock:

a)     Issued -                                                                        Number
                                                                                     of Shares             $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Shares issued for cash on incorporation                                     300,113        $   5,000
           Shares issued for cash                                                      800,000              400
           Other                                                                        35,091              175
           Shares issued for investment subsequently returned                          198,400               99
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Balance, February 28, 1999                                                1,333,604            5,674

           Shares issued to acquire the capital stock of
                  Aquasol Technologies Inc.                                            416,000                -
           Shares returned to treasury                                                (204,000)               -
           Cancellation of shares related to investment                               (198,400)             (99)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Balance, February 28, 1999                                                1,347,204            5,575
           Shares issued for cash, net of issue costs of $945                        1,903,500          430,055
           Shares issued for services rendered                                       2,162,259           46,658
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Balance, May 31, 1999                                                     5,412,963         $482,288
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     b)   On February 26, 1999 the company entered into an agreement to purchase
          all the issued and  outstanding  shares of iLink Telecom,  (B.C.) Inc.
          The  consideration  comprised 145  preferred  shares which were issued
          March 31, 1999.  The 145 preferred  shares are  designated as Series A
          Convertible   Preferred   Stock   with  the   following   rights   and
          restrictions:

          The  shares  are  entitled  to $1,000  per  share  upon
          liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the Company.  In addition,
          the shares will be converted  into common stock on the later of August
          26,  1999 or five days  after  the  effective  date of a  registration
          statement  covering  the common stock of the Company to be issued upon
          the  conversion  of the  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  The
          conversion  rate for each preferred  share is $1,000 divided by 75% of
          the average market price of the common stock for the five trading days
          immediately preceding the conversion date.

<PAGE>F-9



                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)
                          Notes to Financial Statements
                                   (unaudited)
                     For the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999



     c)   During the three month period ended May 31, 1999,  the Company  issued
          2,140,000   common  shares  to  certain  officers  and  employees  and
          consultants  for services to be rendered.  These shares are subject to
          vesting  agreements  which  provide  that  the  shares  be held by the
          Company undelivered and released upon the achievement of milestones as
          set out in the vesting agreements. In the event the milestones are not
          met within a specified  period or that the individual  ceases to be an
          employee of the Company,  any shares not released at such time will be
          forfeited to the Company. As a result of the vesting  provisions,  the
          Company has recorded the issuance of the shares at nominal value equal
          to their par value.  In the event that it becomes  probable that these
          shares will be earned the Company will record compensation  expense at
          each financial  statement date over the period  services are performed
          based on the difference between the nominal consideration received and
          quoted market price of the Company's stock.

     d)   During the three month  period  ended May 31, 1999 the Company  issued
          22,259  common  shares in exchange for fixed  assets.  The fair market
          value of the assets acquired has been determined to be $44,518.

5.    Commitments:

      a)   The company entered into an agreement for consulting services,  dated
           May 14, 1999 for a term of six weeks  beginning  May 15, 1999 to June
           30, 1999 and agreed to make the following payments:

                                   June 15, 1999                      $10,000
                                   June 30, 1999                       10,000
                                   July 15, 1999                       15,000

      b)   The company took  assignment and assumed all right and obligations of
           a lease for office  premises  effective June 1, 1999 with the minimum
           lease payments and share of operating costs as follows:

                                   2000                            $  80,434
                                   2001                              107,246
                                   2002                              107,246
                                   2003                               35,748

           The  company  also  took   assignment  and  assumed  all  rights  and
           obligations of other leases for office premises effective February 1,
           1999 and April 30, 1999 with minimum lease payments as follows:

                                  2000                              $10,191
                                  2001                                  924

      c)   Entered into an agreement for consulting  services  pursuant to which
           the Company agreed to pay $5,000 CDN per month for the initial twelve
           month term of the agreement, commencing March 1, 1999.


<PAGE>F-10


                               iLINK TELECOM, INC.
                        (A development stage enterprise)
                          Notes to Financial Statements
                                   (unaudited)
                     For the Three Months Ended May 31, 1999


     d)   Entered into an agreement with a company  controlled by a Director for
          consulting services pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay $5,000
          per month for the five year term of the agreement, commencing April 1,
          1999.

6.       Major Customers and Suppliers

     a)   The Company earns its revenue from one  customer.  As at May 31, 1999,
          the aggregate  accounts  receivable  balance relating to this customer
          was $nil [1998 - $nil].

     b)   The Company currently has four main equipment suppliers.  However, the
          company  believes  that other  suppliers  could  provide the  required
          components on comparable terms. A change in supplier,  however,  could
          cause a delay in the ability of the company to provide its service and
          could result in possible lost revenue.

7.    Subsequent Events:

      Subsequent to the first quarter-end, the company:

     a)   established a stock option plan pursuant to which options to acquire a
          maximum of 500,000 common shares may be granted; and,

     b)   granted  options to employees to acquire  23,000  common  shares at an
          exercise  price  of  $5.25  on June  9,  1999,  exercisable  up to and
          including June 9, 2000.

8.    Uncertainty Due to the Year 2000 Issue:

      The Year 2000 Issue  arises  because  many  computerized  systems  use two
      digits  rather  than four to identify a year.  Date-sensitive  systems may
      recognize  the year 2000 as 1900 or some other date,  resulting  in errors
      when information using year 2000 dates is processed. In addition,  similar
      problems  may arise in some  systems  which use  certain  dates in 1999 to
      represent  something other than a date. The effects of the Year 2000 Issue
      may be  experienced  before,  on, or after  January 1, 2000,  and,  if not
      addressed, the impact on operations and financial reporting may range from
      minor  errors to  significant  systems  failure  which could  affect iLink
      Telecom Inc.'s ability to conduct normal  business  operations.  It is not
      possible to be certain  that all aspects of the Year 2000 Issue  affecting
      iLink Telecom Inc.,  including  those related to the efforts of customers,
      suppliers, or other third parties, will be fully resolved.




<PAGE>F-11


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



To the Board of Directors of
iLink Telecom Inc.

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of iLink Telecom
Inc. (a development  stage enterprise) as of February 28, 1999 and 1998, and the
related  consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash
flows for the year ended  February  28,  1999,  and for each of the periods from
December 10, 1997 (date of  incorporation) to February 28, 1999 and February 28,
1998.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in  accordance  with United  States  generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial  statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of iLink Telecom Inc.
at February  28, 1999 and 1998 and the  results of its  operations  and its cash
flows for the year ended  February  28,  1999 and for each of the  periods  from
December 10, 1997 (date of  incorporation) to February 28, 1999 and February 28,
1998, in conformity with accounting  principles generally accepted in the United
States.


Vancouver, Canada,                                       /s/ ERNST & YOUNG
April 16, 1999.                                          ---------------------
                                                         Chartered Accountants



<PAGE>F-12



iLink Telecom Inc.
(A development stage enterprise)

                                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As at February 28
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>                 <C>
                                                                          1999              1998
                                                                            $                 $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASSETS
Current
Other assets                                                                --               274
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                                        --               274
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equipment [note 4]                                                      15,254                --
Goodwill [note 3]                                                      138,746                --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       154,000               274
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current
Accrued liabilities                                                     27,139                 --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities                                               27,139                 --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stockholders' equity Share capital - [note 5] Common
 stock - $0.001 par value 25,000,000 authorized, 1,347,204
 issued and outstanding                                                  1,347              1,333
Additional paid in capital                                               4,228              4,341
Preferred stock to be issued [notes 3 and 6]                           145,000                 --
Deficit accumulated in the development stage                           (23,714)            (5,400)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total stockholders' equity                                             126,861                274
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       154,000                274
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes

On behalf of the Board:

                                   -----------                   ----------
                                    Director                      Director


<PAGE>F-13



iLink Telecom Inc.
(A development stage enterprise)

                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>              <C>

                                                                         Period from       Period from
                                                                        December 10,    December 10, 1997
                                                          Year          1997 (date of        (date of
                                                         ended         incorporation)   incorporation) to
                                                      February 28,     to February 28,     February 28,
                                                          1999              1998               1999
                                                           $                  $                 $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSES
General and administrative                                       --              5,400             5,400
Writedown of investment [note 3]                                175                 --               175
Consulting fees                                               8,139                 --             8,139
Professional fees                                            10,000                 --            10,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss for period                                             (18,314)            (5,400)          (23,714)
Deficit beginning of period                                  (5,400)                --                --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deficit end of period                                       (23,714)            (5,400)          (23,714)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic and fully diluted loss per share [note 5[c]]            (0.01)             (0.01)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes


<PAGE>F-14



iLink Telecom Inc.
(A development stage enterprise)

                                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>                 <C>

                                                      Common stock                                             Deficit
                                                      ------------           Additional                      accumulated
                                                 Number                        paid in       Shares to   in the development
                                               of shares         Amount        capital       be issued         stage          Total
                                                   #               $              $              $               $              $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Issuance of common stock [note 5[b]]            1,333,604        1,333         4,341            --               --         5,674
Loss                                                   --           --            --            --           (5,400)       (5,400)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, February 28, 1998                      1,333,604        1,333         4,341                         (5,400)          274

Issuance of common stock [notes 1and 3]           416,000          416          (416)                                          --
Shares returned to treasury [note 5(b)]          (204,000)        (204)          204                                           --
Cancellation of shares [note 3]                  (198,400)        (198)           99                                          (99)
Preferred stock to be issued                                                               145,000                        145,000
Loss                                                                                                        (18,314)      (18,314)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, February 28, 1999                      1,347,204        1,347         4,228       145,000          (23,714)       126,861
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>F-15



iLink Telecom Inc.
(A development stage enterprise)

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>              <C>

                                                                         Period from       Period from
                                                                        December 10,    December 10, 1997
                                                          Year          1997 (date of        (date of
                                                         ended         incorporation)   incorporation) to
                                                      February 28,     to February 28,     February 28,
                                                          1999              1998               1999
                                                           $                  $                 $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Loss                                                        (18,314)            (5,400)          (23,714)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
in operating activities:
   Writedown of investment                                      175                 --               175
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Accrued liabilities                                       18,139                 --            18,139
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in operating activities                            --             (5,400)           (5,400)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from capital contributions                              --              5,400             5,400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities                        --              5,400             5,400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net change in cash during the period and cash,
   end of period                                                 --                 --                --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes


<PAGE>F-16



iLink Telecom Inc.
(A development stage enterprise)

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



February 28, 1999 and 1998


1. FORMATION AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

iLink Telecom Inc.  ("Company") was  incorporated on December 10, 1997 under the
name of Aquasol  Inc.  pursuant to the laws of  Colorado  and on January 9, 1998
changed its  domicile  to  Delaware.  On July 14,  1998 the Company  merged with
Aquasol  Technologies  Inc.,  a Nevada  corporation  with  nominal  net  assets,
resulting  in a change in its  domicile to Nevada.  On February  26,  1999,  the
Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding common stock of iLink Telecom
(B.C.) Inc.

The Company is engaged in the development of the business of providing automated
call-processing  services  including  pre-paid  call  processing,  auditotex and
passive  inbound  automated  tele-surveys.  The Company is a  development  stage
enterprise  and  anticipates  obtaining  working  capital to fund the continuing
development of its business through equity financings.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of the Company and
its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  iLink  Telecom  (B.C.) Inc.  (British  Columbia,
Canada).  All  significant  intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have been
eliminated.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial  statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Equipment

Equipment is stated at cost and is being  depreciated on a  straight-line  basis
over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

         Telecom equipment                                 2 years
         Computer equipment                                3 years
         Furniture and office equipment                    5 years

Depreciation will commence on March 1, 1999.



<PAGE>F-17



2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont'd)

Income taxes

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this
method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on the
difference  between financial  statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities
and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in
effect when the  differences  are  expected to reverse.  Deferred tax assets are
reduced by a valuation  allowance in respect of amounts considered by management
to be less likely than not of realization in future periods.

Goodwill

Goodwill is being  amortized on a  straight-line  basis over 3 years  commencing
March 1, 1999.

Computation of loss

Basic loss per share is  computed by dividing  the loss  attributable  to common
stockholders  by the weighted  average number of common shares  outstanding  for
that period.  Diluted loss per share is computed  giving  effect to all dilutive
potential  common  shares  that were  outstanding  during the  period.  Dilutive
potential  common shares  consist of  incremental  common  shares  issuable upon
exercise of  convertible  securities.  As at February  28,  1999,  there were no
dilutive  potential  common  shares and therefore the dilutive loss per share is
equivalent to the basic loss per share.


3. ACQUISITIONS

   i)  Pursuant to the terms of a share  purchase  agreement  dated February 26,
       1999  between the  Company and ABDE  Holdings  Ltd.,  a British  Columbia
       company,  the Company  acquired all of the issued and  outstanding  share
       capital of iLink Telecom (B.C.) Inc.,  formerly 579782 B.C. Ltd., for the
       following consideration:


        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

        Purchase price                                      $          145,000
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------

        Consideration to be given:
        Preferred Stock                                                145,000
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       145,000
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Preferred Stock was issued subsequent to the year end [see note 6].


<PAGE>F-18



3. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (cont'd)

The  acquisition  has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
and the purchase price has been allocated according to the estimated fair values
of the assets and liabilities of 579782 B.C. Ltd. as follows:

                                                                 $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Working capital deficiency                                            (9,000)
Equipment                                                             15,254
Goodwill                                                             138,746
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     145,000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

  ii)  On July 14, 1998,  the Company  merged with Aquasol  Technologies  Inc. a
       Nevada  corporation with nominal net assets.  Pursuant to the merger, the
       shareholders of each of the merging  companies  received one common share
       of the merged company for each common share previously held. Accordingly,
       the shareholders of the Company received  1,333,491 common shares and the
       shareholders of Aquasol Technologies Inc. received 416,000 common shares.
       As Aquasol  Technologies  Inc. had nominal net assets,  the merger had no
       impact on the assets or liabilities of the Company.

 iii)  During the year ended February 28, 1998, the Company issued 35,091 shares
       of its common stock in exchange for 175,456 Series I common shares of STB
       Corp., a corporation with nominal net assets. In December 1998, STB Corp.
       was  dissolved  and   accordingly  the  nominal  value  assigned  to  the
       acquisition of $175 was written off.

  iv)  On January 15, 1998, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding  shares
       of Noralta Technologies Corp.  ("Noralta") for 198,400 common shares from
       treasury.  On  February  3, 1999,  the  Company  and the  former  Noralta
       shareholders agreed to rescind the transaction.


4. EQUIPMENT

                                                         1999              1998
                                                         Cost              Cost
                                                       $                $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Telecom equipment                                       1,028               --
Computer equipment                                      8,191               --
Furniture and office equipment                          6,035               --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       15,254               --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>F-19



5. SHARE STOCK

[a]  Authorized

     Holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share and to share
     equally in any dividends declared and distributions in liquidation.

[b]  Issued
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>                    <C>

                                                                    # of Shares              $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Shares issued for cash on incorporation                                300,113             5,000
Shares issued for cash                                                 800,000               400
Other                                                                   35,091               175
Shares issued for investment subsequently returned [note 3]            198,400                99
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, February 28, 1998                                           1,333,604             5,674
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Shares issued to acquire the capital stock of Aquasol
   Technologies Inc. [notes 1 and 3]                                   416,000                --
Shares returned to treasury                                           (204,000)               --
Cancellation of shares related to investment [note 3]                 (198,400)              (99)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, February 28, 1999                                           1,347,204             5,575
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

On February  3, 1999,  the Company  consolidated  its share  capital by way of a
reverse  stock  split on the  basis of one new  common  share  for each five old
common shares. In addition concurrent with the merger referred to in note 1, the
Company changed the par value of its common shares from $0.0001 to $0.001.

All  outstanding  shares in these financial  statements have been  retroactively
adjusted to reflect this share consolidation and change in par value.

[c] The  basic  and  diluted  loss per  share  for the  periods  is based on the
following:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>                <C>

                                                                                  December 10, 1997
                                                                                     (date of
                                                               March 1, 1998 to     incorporation)
                                                              February 28, 1999    to February 28,
                                                                                         1998
                                                                      $                    $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net loss for the period                                            (18,314)            (5,400)
Weighted average number of common shares used in computation
   adjusted for the reverse consolidation of stock 5:1)          1,480,870            911,634
Basic and fully diluted loss per share                               (0.01)             (0.01)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>F-20


6. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to the year end, the Company:

   i)  issued,  pursuant to three private placements,  250,000 common shares for
       gross proceeds of $12,500,  1,300,000 common shares for gross proceeds of
       $65,000 and 353,500 common shares for gross proceeds of $353,500.


  ii)  entered into an agreement for financial  consulting  services pursuant to
       which the Company  agreed to pay $12,500 upon execution of the agreement,
       $5,000 per month for the initial  twelve month term of the  agreement and
       issue 300,000 common shares.


 iii)  amended the authorized  capital to include  5,000,000  preferred  shares,
       non-voting with a par value of $.001 per share,  issuable in series.  145
       preferred shares were designated as Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock
       with the following rights and restrictions:


       The shares are entitled to $1,000 per share upon liquidation, dissolution
       or winding up of the Company.  In addition,  the shares will be converted
       into common  stock on the later of August 26, 1999 or five days after the
       effective date of a registration  statement  covering the common stock of
       the Company to be issued upon the  conversion of the Series A Convertible
       Preferred  Stock.  The conversion rate for each preferred share is $1,000
       divided by 75% of the average  market  price of the common  stock for the
       five trading days immediately preceding the conversion date.

       The 145 Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock was issued pursuant to the
acquisition referred to in note 3.

  iv) issued  1,590,000  common shares to certain  principals  and employees for
nominal consideration.




                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                             AFD CAPITAL GROUP, INC


Know all men by these presents;

That we the undersigned, have this day voluntarily associated ourselves together
for the purpose of forming a corporation under and pursuant to the provisions of
Nevada Revised Statutes 78.010 To Nevada Revised Statutes 78.090  inclusive,  as
amended, and certify that;

                                    ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is AFD Capital Group, Inc.

The name and post office  address of the  incorporator  signing the  Articles of
Incorporation  is:  Richard D. Fritzier,  1800 E. Sahara Avenue,  Suite 107, Las
Vegas, Nevada 89104. The name and address of the first member of the First Board
of Directors  is:  Richard D.  Fritzier  1800 E. Sahara  Avenue,  Suite 107, Las
Vegas, Nevada 89104.

                                   ARTICLE II

The  Resident  Agent of this  corporation  in Nevada  shall be Nevada  Corporate
Services located at 1800 E. Sahara Avenue,  Suite 107, Las Vegas,  Clark County,
Nevada,  89104.  Offices for the transaction of any business of the Corporation,
and where  meetings of the Board of Directors and of  Stockholders  may be held,
may be established  and maintained in any other part of the State of Nevada,  or
in any other state,  territory or possession of the United States of America, or
in any  foreign  country  as the  Board  of  Directors  may,  from  time to time
determine.

                                   ARTICLE III

The  nature  of  the  business  and  the  objects  and  purpose  proposed  to be
transacted,  promoted or carried on by the  Corporation is to conduct any lawful
activity  in  accordance  with the Laws of the  State of Nevada  and the  United
States of America, including but not limited to the following:

     1.   Shall have the rights,  privileges and powers as may be conferred upon
          a corporation by any existing law.

     2.   May at any time exercise such rights,  privileges and powers, when not
          inconsistent  with the purposes and objects for which this corporation
          is organized.

     3.   This corporation shall have perpetual existence.

     4.   To sue or be sued in any Court of Law.



<PAGE>




     5.   To make contracts.

     6.   To hold,  purchase and convey real and personal estate and to mortgage
          or lease any such real and personal  estate with its  franchises.  The
          power to hold real and personal estate shall include the power to take
          the same by device or bequest in this  state,  or in any other  state,
          territory or country.

     7.   To appoint such officers and agents as the affairs of the  Corporation
          shall require, and to allow them suitable compensation.

     8.   To make By-Laws not inconsistent  with the Constitution or Laws of the
          United  States,  or of  the  State  of  Nevada,  for  the  management,
          regulation and government of its affairs and property, the transfer of
          its stock,  the  transaction  of its  business,  and the  calling  and
          holding of meetings of its Stockholders.

     9.   To  wind  up and  dissolve  itself,  or be  wound  up  and  dissolved,
          according to existing law.

     10.  To  adopt  or use a  common  seal or  stamp,  and  alter  the  same at
          pleasure.  The  use of a seal  or  stamp  by  the  Corporation  on any
          corporate document is not necessary. The Corporation may use a seal or
          stamp  if it  desires,  but such use or  nonuse  shall  not in any way
          affect the legality of the document.

     11.  To borrow money and contract debts when necessary for the  transaction
          of its  business,  or  for  the  exercise  of  its  corporate  rights,
          privileges  or  franchises,  or for any other  lawful  purpose  of its
          incorporation;  to issue bonds,  promissory notes,  bills of exchange,
          debentures,  and other  obligations  and  evidences  of  indebtedness,
          payable at a specific time or times,  or payable upon the happening of
          a specified event or events,  whether  secured by mortgage,  pledge or
          other security,  or unsecured,  for money borrowed,  or in payment for
          property purchased, or acquired, or for any other lawful object.

     12.  To guarantee,  purchase,  hold, take, obtain, receive,  subscribe for,
          own, use, dispose of, sell, exchange,  lease, lend, assign,  mortgage,
          pledge,  or  otherwise  acquire,  transfer or deal in or with bonds or
          obligations  of, or shares,  securities  or interests in or issued by,
          any person,  government,  governmental agency or political subdivision
          of government,  and to exercise all the rights,  powers and privileges
          of ownership of such an interest, including the right to vote, if any.

     13.  To purchase,  hold, sell and transfer shares of its own capital stock,
          and use therefor  its  capital,  capital  surplus,  surplus,  or other
          property or funds.

     14.  To conduct  business,  have one or more offices,  and hold,  purchase,
          mortgage and convey real and personal  property in this state,  and in
          any of the several states,  territories,  possessions and dependencies
          of the United  States,  the  District  of  Columbia,  and any  foreign
          countries.


<PAGE>




     15.  To do everything  necessary and proper for the  accomplishment  of the
          objects  enumerated  in  its  Articles  of  Incorporation,  or in  any
          amendment  thereof or necessary or  incidental to the  protection  and
          benefit of the  Corporation,  and, in general,  to carry on any lawful
          business  necessary or incidental to the  attainment of the objects of
          the  Corporation,  whether or not the business is similar in nature to
          the objects  set forth in the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  or in any
          amendment thereof.

     16.  To make donations for public welfare or for charitable,  scientific or
          educational purposes.

     17.  To enter into partnerships,  general or limited, or joint ventures, in
          connection with any lawful activities.

                                   ARTICLE IV

The capital  stock of this  corporation  shall consist of  twenty-five  thousand
shares of common  stock  (25,000),  without  nominal or par value,  all of which
stock shall be entitled to voting power. The Corporation may issue the shares of
stock for such consideration as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

                                    ARTICLE V

The  members  of the  governing  board  of  this  corporation  shall  be  styled
directors.  The Board of Directors shall consist of at least one (1) person. The
number of directors of this  corporation may, from time to time, be increased or
decreased  by an  amendment  to the  By-Laws  in that  regard  and  without  the
necessity of amending the Articles of Incorporation. A majority of the Directors
in  office,  present  at any  meeting of the Board of  Directors,  duly  called,
whether regular or special, shall always constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business, unless the By-Laws otherwise provide.

                                   ARTICLE VI

This  corporation  shall have a  president,  a  secretary,  a  treasurer,  and a
resident agent, to be chosen by the Board of Directors,  any person may hold two
or more offices.

                                   ARTICLE VII

The capital stock of the Corporation,  after the fixed consideration thereof has
been paid or performed,  shall not be subject to assessment,  and the individual
Stockholders of this corporation shall not be individually  liable for the debts
and  liabilities of the  Corporation,  and the Articles of  Incorporation  shall
never be amended as to the aforesaid provisions.




<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII

The Board of Directors is expressly authorized: (subject to the By-Laws, if any,
adopted by the Stockholders)

     1.   To make, alter or amend the By-Laws of the Corporation.

     2.   To fix the  amount in cash or  otherwise,  to be  reserved  as working
          capital.

     3.   To  authorize  and cause to be executed  mortgages  and liens upon the
          property and franchises of the Corporation.

     4.   To by  resolution  or  resolutions  passed by a majority  of the whole
          board, designate one or more committees,  each committee to consist of
          one or more of the Directors of the Corporation,  which, to the extent
          provided in the  resolution  or  resolutions  or in the By-Laws of the
          Corporation,  shall have and may  exercise  the powers of the Board of
          Directors  in  the  management  of the  business  and  affairs  of the
          Corporation,  and  may  have  power  to  authorize  the  seal  of  the
          Corporation  to be  affixed  to all  papers on which  the  Corporation
          desires to place a seal. Such committee or committees  shall have such
          name or names as may be stated in the By-Laws of the Corporation or as
          may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board
          of Directors.

     5.   To sell,  lease or exchange all of its property and assets,  including
          its  goodwill  and its  corporate  franchises,  upon  such  terms  and
          conditions as the board deems  expedient and for the best interests of
          the Corporation, when and as authorized by the affirmative vote of the
          Stockholders  holding  stock  in the  Corporation  entitling  them  to
          exercise  at  least  a  majority  of  the  voting  power  given  at  a
          Stockholders meeting called for that purpose.

                                   ARTICLE IX

The Directors of this corporation need not be Stockholders.

                                    ARTICLE X

In the absence of fraud,  no contract or other  transaction  of the  Corporation
shall  be  affected  by  the  fact  that  any of the  Directors  are in any  way
interested  in,  or  connected  with,  any  other  party  to  such  contract  or
transaction,  or are  themselves,  parties  to  such  contract  or  transaction,
provided  that this  interest in any such  contract or  transaction  of any such
director shall at any time be fully disclosed or otherwise known to the Board of
Directors,  and  each  and  every  person  who  may  become  a  director  of the
Corporation is hereby  relieved of any liability that might otherwise exist from
contracting  with the  Corporation  for the  benefit  of  himself  or any  firm,
association or corporation in which he may be in any way interested.



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

No  director or officer of the  Corporation  shall be  personally  liable to the
Corporation or any of its  Stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty
as a director or officer  involving  any act or omission of any such director or
officer provided,  however,  that the foregoing provision shall not eliminate or
limit the liability of a director or officer for acts or omissions which involve
intentional  misconduct,  fraud or a knowing violation of law, or the payment of
dividends in violation of Section  78.300 of the Nevada  Revised  Statutes.  Any
repeal or  modification  of this Article by the  Stockholders of the Corporation
shall be prospective  only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the
personal  liability  of a director  or officer  of the  Corporation  for acts or
omissions prior to such repeal or modification.

                                   ARTICLE XII

Except  to the  extent  limited  or denied by  Nevada  Revised  Statutes  78.265
Shareholders shall have no preemptive right to acquire unissued shares, treasury
shares or securities convertible into such shares, of this corporation.

I, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinbefore named for the purpose of
forming a corporation  pursuant to the general  corporation  law of the State of
Nevada, do make and file these Articles of  Incorporation,  hereby declaring and
certifying that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly  have hereunto
set my hand.





State of Nevada       )
                      )ss
Clark County          )


On March 24,  1997  personally  appeared  before me, the  undersigned,  a Notary
Public, Richard Fritzler, known to me the person whose name is subscribed to the
foregoing document and acknowledged to me that he executed the same.

Notary Public-State Of Nevada
COUNTY OF CLARK
ALAN HERBERT RUSSELL
My Commission Expires October 5,1998


                                            ----------------------------------
                                                          Notary Public





                             AFD CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
                                    AMENDMENT
                                     to the
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


     Pursuant  to the  provisions  of the Nevada  Revised  Statues,  AFD Capital
Group, Inc. adopts the following Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

     The following amendment was adopted to be effective June 18, 1998, pursuant
to Section 78.390 of the Nevada Revised Statues. Such amendment was adopted by a
vote of the shareholders as set forth below:

<TABLE>
     <S>                       <C>                     <C>                      <C>

   Designation of Share            Number of            Number of Shares         Shares Voted For or
  Class Entitled to Vote       Outstanding Shares       Entitled to Vote          Against Amendment
 ------------------------      -------------------      -----------------        -------------------

                                                                                    For        Against
      Common Stock                  2,080,000               2,080,000             1,637,100       --

</TABLE>

     The number of shares voted in favor of the  amendment  was  sufficient  for
approval.

Text of Amendment

               Article I is amended to read as follows:

               The name of the corporation is Aquasol Technologies, Inc.



                                               AFD Capital Group, Inc.


                                            By ______________________________
                                               President and Secretary


PROVINCE OF British Columbia

     On the 19th day of June,  1998,  before me personally came Andrew Hromyk to
me  known,  who,  being  by me duly  sworn,  did  depose  and say that he is the
President and Secretary of AFD Capital Group, Inc., the corporation described in
and  which  executed  the  foregoing  instrument  by the  order of the  Board of
Directors  of said  corporation,  and that he signed  his name  thereto  by like
order.

Witness my hand and official seal.



                                               ------------------------------
                                               Notary Public
My commission expires:



              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                            (After Issuance of Stock)

                           AQUASOL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                              (Name of Corporation)


I the  undersigned  President  and  Secretary of Aquasol  Technologies,  Inc. do
hereby certify that the Board of Directors of the said  corporation at a meeting
duly convened,  held February 3, 1999 adopted a resolution to amend the original
Articles of Incorporation:

                                    Article I

     The name of this  corporation  is  iLink  Telecom,  Inc.
     The name and post office address of the  incorporator  signing the Articles
     of Incorporation is: Richard D. Fritzler,  1800 E. Sahara Avenue, #107, Las
     Vegas,  Nevada 89104. The name and address of the first member of the First
     Board of Directors is Richard D. Fritzler, 1800 E. Sahara Avenue, #107, Las
     Vegas, Nevada 89104.

The number of shares  outstanding  and  entitled to vote on an  amendment of the
Articles of  Incorporation  is 6,827,456:  that the said change(s) and amendment
have been consented to and approved by a majority of the stockholders holding at
least a  majority  of each  class  of stock  outstanding  and  entitled  to vote
thereon.
                             -----------------------
                             President and Secretary



ACKNOWLEDGMENT;
PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
CITY OF VANCOUVER

On February 3, 1999  personally  appeared  before me, a Notary  Public,  Valerie
Moschetti,  who acknowledged she executed the above instrument on behalf of said
Corporation.


                                            --------------
                                            NOTARY PUBLIC




              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                            (After Issuance of Stock)

                               ILINK TELECOM, INC.
                              (Name of Corporation)


I the  undersigned  President  and  Secretary of iLink  Telecom,  Inc. do hereby
certify that the Board of Directors  of the said  corporation  at a meeting duly
convened,  held  February 3, 1999  adopted a  resolution  to amend the  original
Articles of Incorporation:

         BE IT  RESOLVED  THAT,  effective  February  14,  1999 each  issued and
outstanding share of this Corporation's Common stock shall automatically convert
into 0.20 shares of this Corporation's Common stock.  Notwithstanding the above,
no fractional shares will be issued.  Any shareholder of this Corporation who on
February  14, 1999 owned less than 5 shares,  and who would  therefor  otherwise
receive less than one share of this Corporation's Common stock shall be entitled
to receive $.001 for each share of this Corporation's Common stock owned by such
shareholder immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment,  provided
such shareholder  sends a written request for payment to this  Corporation.  Any
fractional  share,  which as a result of the foregoing would otherwise be issued
to a shareholder of this  Corporation,  shall be rounded up to the nearest whole
share.


                                        ---------------------------
                                        President and Secretary



ACKNOWLEDGMENT;
PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
CITY OF VANCOUVER

On  May  ,  1999  personally   appeared   before  me,  a  Notary  Public,   Amar
Bahadoorsingh,  who  acknowledged he executed the above  instrument on behalf of
said Corporation.

                                            ----------------
                                            NOTARY PUBLIC




              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                            (After Issuance of Stock)

                               iLink Telecom, Inc.
                              (Name of Corporation)

I the  undersigned  President  and  Secretary of iLink  Telecom,  Inc. do hereby
certify that the Board of Directors  of the said  corporation  at a meeting duly
convened,  held  March 17,  1999  adopted  a  resolution  to amend the  original
Articles of Incorporation:

                                   Article IV

         The  capital  stock of this  Corporation  shall  consist of twenty five
         million (25,000,000) shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.001
         per share,  all of which stock shall be entitled to voting  power,  and
         5,000,000  shares of  preferred  stock,  with a par value of $0.001 per
         share.  The  Corporation  may  issue  the  shares  of  stock  for  such
         consideration as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

                                  Article IV A
          Preferences, Limitations and Relative Rights of Capital Stock

         (a)  No share of the common  stock  shall have any  preference  over or
              limitation in respect to any other share of such common stock. All
              shares of common  stock  shall have equal  rights and  privileges,
              including the following:

               1. All shares of common stock shall share  equally in  dividends.
               Subject to the  applicable  provisions of the laws of this State,
               the Board of Directors of the Corporation may, from time to time,
               declare and the corporation may pay dividends in cash,  property,
               or its own shares,  except when the  Corporation  is insolvent or
               when the payment thereof would render the  Corporation  insolvent
               or when the  declaration or payment  thereof would be contrary to
               any  restrictions  contained in these Articles of  Incorporation.
               When any dividend is paid or any other  distribution  is made, in
               whole  or  in  part,  from  sources  other  than  unreserved  and
               unrestricted earned surplus,  such dividend or distribution shall
               be identified  as such,  and the source and amount per share paid
               from each source shall be disclosed to the stockholder  receiving
               the same  concurrently  with the distribution  thereof and to all
               other stockholders not later than six months after the end of the
               Corporation's  fiscal year  during  which such  distribution  was
               made.

               2.  All  shares  of  common   stock   shall   share   equally  in
               distributions in partial  liquidation.  Subject to the applicable
               provisions  of the laws of this State,  the Board of Directors of
               the  Corporation  may  distribute,  from  time  to  time,  to its
               stockholders  in partial  liquidation,  out of stated  capital or
               capital  surplus of the  Corporation,  a portion of its assets in
               cash or  property,  except when the  Corporation  is insolvent or
               when such  distribution  would render the Corporation  insolvent.
               Each such  distribution,  when  made,  shall be  identified  as a
               distribution  in partial  liquidation,  out of stated  capital or
               capital  surplus,  and the  source and amount per share paid from
               each  source  shall  be  disclosed  to  all  stockholders  of the

<PAGE>


               Corporation  concurrently with the distribution thereof. Any such
               distribution  may be made by the Board of  Directors  from stated
               capital without the affirmative  vote of any  stockholders of the
               Corporation.

               3. Each  outstanding  share of common  stock shall be entitled to
               one vote at stockholders' meetings, either in person or by proxy.

         (b)  The designations,  powers,  rights,  preferences,  qualifications,
              restrictions  and  limitations  of the  preferred  stock  shall be
              established  from  time  to  time by the  Corporation's  Board  of
              Directors, in accordance with the Nevada Corporation Law.

         (c) 1. Cumulative voting shall not be allowed in elections of directors
             or for any purpose.

               2. No holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall
               be entitled,  as such, to any preemptive or preferential right to
               subscribe to any unissued stock or any other securities which the
               Corporation  may now or hereafter  be  authorized  to issue.  The
               Board of Directors of the Corporation, however, in its discretion
               by resolution,  may determine that any unissued securities of the
               Corporation  shall be  offered  for  subscription  solely  to the
               holders  of  common  stock of the  Corporation,  or solely to the
               holders  of any  class  or  classes  of  such  stock,  which  the
               Corporation  may now or hereafter be authorized to issue, in such
               proportions  based  on  stock  ownership  as  said  Board  in its
               discretion may determine.

               3. The Board of Directors may restrict the transfer of any of the
               Corporation's  stock  issued by  giving  the  Corporation  or any
               stockholder  "first right of refusal to purchase"  the stock,  by
               making the stock  redeemable,  or by restricting  the transfer of
               the stock  under such terms and in such  manner as the  directors
               may deem necessary and as are not  inconsistent  with the laws of
               this  State.  Any stock so  restricted  must carry a  conspicuous
               legend   noting  the   restriction   and  the  place  where  such
               restriction may be found in the records of the Corporation.

               4. The  judgment of the Board of  Directors as to the adequacy of
               any  consideration  received  or to be  received  for any shares,
               options,  or any other  securities  which the  Corporation at any
               time may be authorized  to issue or sell or otherwise  dispose of
               shall be  conclusive  in the  absence  of fraud,  subject  to the
               provisions of these Articles of Incorporation  and any applicable
               law.
<PAGE>

The number of shares  outstanding  and  entitled to vote on an  amendment of the
Articles of  Incorporation  is 1,597,204:  that the said change(s) and amendment
have been consented to and approved by a majority of the stockholders holding at
least a  majority  of each  class  of stock  outstanding  and  entitled  to vote
thereon.

                             ------------------------
                             President and Secretary



ACKNOWLEDGMENT;
PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
CITY OF VANCOUVER


On , 1999 personally  appeared before me, a Notary Public,  Amar  Bahadoorsingh,
who acknowledged he executed the above instrument on behalf of said Corporation.


                                            ---------------
                                            NOTARY PUBLIC





                                    BYLAWS OF

                             AFD CAPITAL GROUP, INC

                              A NEVADA CORPORATION


                                    ARTICLE I
                             STOCKHOLDER'S MEETINGS

        A) ANNUAL  MEETINGS  shall be held on or before the end of March of each
year,  or at such other time as may be  determined  by the board of directors or
the president,  for the purposes of electing  directors,  and  transacting  such
other business as may properly come before the meeting.

        B) SPECIAL  MEETINGS may be called at any time by the Board of Directors
or by the  President,  and shall be called by the  President or the Secretary at
the written request of the holders of a majority of the shares then  outstanding
and entitled to vote.

        C) WRITTEN NOTICE  stating the time and place of the meeting,  signed by
the President or the  Secretary,  shall be served either  personally or by mail,
not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days  before  the  meeting  upon
each Stockholder entitled to vote. Said notice shall state the purpose for which
the meeting is called,  no other  business may be  transacted  at said  meeting,
unless by unanimous consent of all Stockholders present,  either in person or by
proxy.

        D)  PLACE  of all  meetings  shall  be at the  principal  office  of the
Corporation,  or at such other place as the Board of Directors or the  President
may designate.

        E) A QUORUM necessary for the transaction of business at a Stockholder's
meeting  shall be a  majority  of the stock  issued and  outstanding,  either in
person or by proxy.  If a quorum is not present,  the  Stockholders  present may
adjourn  to a future  time,  and  notice  of the  future  time must be served as
provided in Article I, C), if a quorum is present  they may adjourn  from day to
day, without notice.

        F) VOTING:  Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock
registered  in his name on the books of the  Corporation,  a majority vote shall
authorize any Corporate action, except the election of the Directors,  who shall
be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

        G) PROXY:  At any meeting of the  stockholders  any  stockholder  may be
represented and vote by a proxy, appointed in writing and signed. No proxy shall
be valid  after the  expiration  of six (6) months  from date of its  execution,
unless the person executing it specifies the length of time it is to continue in
force, which in no case shall exceed seven (7) years from its execution.


<PAGE>



        H) CONSENT: Any action, except election of Directors, which may be taken
by a vote of  stockholders  at a  meeting,  may be taken  without a  meeting  if
authorized by a written consent of  shareholders  holding at least a majority of
the voting power.

                                   ARTICLE II
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        A) OFFICE: At least one person chosen annually by the stockholders shall
constitute the Board of Directors.  Additional Directors may be appointed by the
Board of Directors. The Director's term shall be for one year, and Directors may
be re-elected for successive annual terms.

        B) DUTIES:  The Board of Directors  shall be responsible for the control
and management of the affairs, property and interests of the Corporation and may
exercise  all  powers  of the  Corporation,  except  as are in the  Articles  of
Incorporation  or by  statute  expressly  conferred  upon  or  reserved  to  the
stockholders.

        C) MEETINGS:  Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors  shall be held
immediately  following the annual meeting of the  stockholders,  at the place of
the annual meeting of the  stockholders,  or at such other time and place as the
Board of Directors shall by resolution establish.  Notice of any regular meeting
shall not be required,  unless the Board of  Directors  shall change the time or
place of the regular meeting,  notice must be given to each Director who was not
present at the meeting at which change was made.  Special meetings may be called
by the President or by one of the Directors at such time and place  specified in
the notice or waiver of notice  thereof.  The notice of special meeting shall be
mailed to each Director at least five (5) days before the meeting day, or if the
notice is delivered personally, by telegram or telephone then the notice must be
delivered  the day before the meeting.  Special  meetings may be called  without
notice,  provided a written  waiver of notice is  executed  by a majority of the
Board of Directors.

        D)  CHAIRMAN:  At all meetings of the Board of  Directors,  the Chairman
shall preside. If there is no Chairman one shall be chosen by the Directors.

        E) QUORUM:  A majority  of the Board of  Directors  shall  constitute  a
quorum.

        F) VACANCIES: Any vacancy in the Board of Directors,  unless the vacancy
was  caused by  stockholder  removal  of a  Director,  shall be  filled  for the
unexpired term by a majority vote of the remaining Directors, though less than a
quorum,  at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors  called for
that purpose.

        G) A  RESOLUTION  in  writing  signed  by a  majority  of the  Board  of
Directors,  shall constitute action by the Board, with the same force and effect
as though  such  resolution  had been  passed at a duly  convened  meeting.  The
Secretary shall record each resolution in the minute book.



<PAGE>



        H)  COMMITTEES  may be appointed by a majority of the Board of Directors
from its number,  by  resolution,  with such powers and  authority to manage the
business as granted by the resolution.

        I)  SALARIES of the Corporate Officers shall be determined by the Board
of Directors.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                    OFFICERS

        A) TITLE: This Corporation shall have a president, secretary, treasurer,
and such other officers as may be necessary. Any two or more offices may be held
by the same person. The officers shall be appointed by the Board of Directors at
the regular annual meeting of the Board.

        B) DUTIES:

               THE PRESIDENT SHALL:

           Be the chief executive officer of the Corporation.

           Preside at all meetings of the Directors and the Stockholders.

           Sign or countersign all certificates, contracts and other instruments
           of the  Corporation as authorized by the Board of Directors and shall
           perform all such other incidental duties.

               THE SECRETARY SHALL:

           have charge of the corporate books, responsible to make the necessary
           reports to the Stockholders and the Board of Directors.

           prepare and disseminate notices, waivers, consents, proxies and other
           material necessary for all meetings.

           file the  sixty  (60) day list of  officers,  directors,  name of the
           resident agent and the filing fee to the Secretary of State.

           file the  designation  of resident  agent in the office of the County
           Clerk in which the principal  office of the  Corporation in Nevada is
           located.

           file the  annual  list of  officers,  directors  and  designation  of
           resident agent along with the filing fee.

           be the custodian of the certified articles of incorporation, bylaws
           and amendments thereto.



<PAGE>



           supply to the Resident Agent or Principal Corporate Nevada Office the
           name of the custodian of the stock ledger or duplicate  stock ledger,
           along with the complete Post Office address of the  custodian,  where
           such stock ledger or duplicate stock ledger is kept.

               THE TREASURER SHALL:

           Have the custody of all monies and securities of the  Corporation and
           shall keep regular books of account.

           Perform all duties incidental to his office as directed of him by the
           Board of Directors and the President.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                      STOCK

        A) The certificates representing shares of the Corporation's stock shall
be in such form as shall be  adopted  by the Board of  Directors,  numbered  and
registered in the order issued. The certificates  shall bear the following;  the
holders  name,  the  number  of shares of  stock,  the  signature  either of the
Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, and either the Secretary or
Treasurer.

        B) No certificate shall be issued until the full amount of consideration
has been paid, except as otherwise provided by law.

        C) Each share of stock shall entitle the holder to one vote.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                    DIVIDENDS

DIVIDENDS  may be  declared  and paid out of any funds  available  therefor,  as
often,  in such  amounts  as the Board of  Directors  may  determine,  except as
limited by law.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   FISCAL YEAR

THE  FISCAL  YEAR  of the  Corporation  shall  be  determined  by the  Board  of
Directors.



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

PURSUANT TO NRS 78.751 any person who is a Director, Officer, Employee, or Agent
of  this  Corporation,  who  becomes  a  party  to  an  action  is  entitled  to
indemnification  against expenses including attorney fees, judgments,  fines and
amounts  paid in  settlement,  if he acted in good  faith  and he  reasoned  his
conduct or action to be in the best interest of the Corporation.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                   AMENDMENTS

        A)  STOCKHOLDERS  shall  have the  authority  to amend or repeal all the
bylaws of the  Corporation  and enact new  bylaws,  by  affirmative  vote of the
majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote.

        B) THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS shall have the authority to amend,  repeal, or
adopt new  bylaws of the  Corporation,  but shall not alter or repeal any bylaws
adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation.


                           CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION


Amar  Bahadoorsingh  certifies that he is the President and Secretary,  of iLink
Telecom,   Inc.,  a  Nevada   corporation   (hereinafter   referred  to  as  the
"Corporation")   and  that,   pursuant  to  the  Corporation's   Certificate  of
Incorporation,  as amended,  and Section 78.1955 of the Nevada Revised Statutes,
the Board of Directors of the Corporation  adopted the following  resolutions on
March  17,  1999;  and that none of the  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
referred to in this Certificate of Designation have been issued.


1. Creation of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock.  There is hereby created a
series of preferred stock  consisting of 145 shares and designated as the Series
A Convertible Preferred Stock, having the voting powers, preferences,  relative,
participating, limitations, qualifications optional and other special rights and
the  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions  thereof that are set forth
below.

2.  Liquidation  Provisions.  In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up of the  Corporation,  whether  voluntary or  involuntary,  holders of
Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall be  entitled to receive an amount
equal to $1,000.00 per share. After the full preferential liquidation amount has
been paid to, or determined and set apart for the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock and all other series of Preferred Stock  hereafter  authorized and issued,
if any, the remaining  assets of the Corporation  available for  distribution to
shareholders shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock. In
the event the  assets  of the  Corporation  available  for  distribution  to its
shareholders are insufficient to pay the full  preferential  liquidation  amount
per share required to be paid to the holders of  Corporation's  Preferred Stock,
the entire amount of assets of the  Corporation  available for  distribution  to
shareholders shall be paid up to their respective full liquidation amounts first
to the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, then to any other series
of Preferred Stock hereafter  authorized and issued,  all of which amounts shall
be distributed ratably among holders of each such series of Preferred Stock, and
the holders of common stock shall receive nothing. A reorganization or any other
consolidation or merger of the Corporation  with or into any other  corporation,
or any other sale of all or substantially  all of the assets of the Corporation,
shall  not be deemed  to be a  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of the
Corporation  within the meaning of this Section 3, and the Series A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock  shall be  entitled  only to:  (i) the rights  provided  in any
agreement or plan governing the reorganization or other consolidation, merger or
sale of assets  transaction;  (ii) the rights  contained in the Delaware General
Corporation Law; and (iii) the rights contained in other Sections hereof.

3.  Conversion  Provisions.  The shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock
shall be subject to the following conversion provisions:

       (a) Conversion

           (1) The  shares  of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall be
           deemed to convert into shares of Common Stock of the  Corporation  on
           the later of:

                  (i)        the date which is six (6) calendar months from
                             the date of this Agreement; or

                  (ii)       the date  which is five  business  days  after  the
                             effective date of a registration statement covering
                             the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation to be
                             issued  upon  conversion  of the shares of Series A

<PAGE>

                             Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (such  later date as
                             defined in this clause 4(a)(1) being referred to as
                             the "Conversion Date").

           The Conversion  Rate,  subject to the  adjustments  described  below,
           shall be that number of Common  Shares equal to $1,000.00  divided by
           seventy-five per cent (75%) of the average Market Price of the Common
           Stock for the five trading days  immediately  prior to the Conversion
           Date (defined below).  For purposes of this Section  3(a)(1),  Market
           Price for a  particular  date shall be the  closing  bid price of the
           Common Stock on such date, as reported by the National Association of
           Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation System  (`NASDAQ"),  or the
           closing  bid  price in the  over-the-counter  market  if  other  than
           NASDAQ.

           (2) No  fractional  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall be  issued  upon
           conversion of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and
           in lieu  thereof the number of shares of Common  Stock  issuable  for
           each Preferred  Share  converted shall be rounded down to the nearest
           whole number of shares of Common  Stock.  Such number of whole shares
           of Common Stock issuable upon the  conversion of one Preferred  Share
           shall be  multiplied  by the number of shares of Series A Convertible
           Preferred  Stock  submitted for conversion  pursuant to the Notice of
           Conversion (defined below) to determine the total number of shares of
           Common  Stock   issuable  in  connection   with  any  one  particular
           conversion.

           (3) On the Conversion  Date the  Corporation  shall cancel all of the
           shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock then  outstanding and
           shall issue such number of shares of Common  Stock at the  Conversion
           Rate in the names of the registered holders of the shares of Series A
           Convertible  Preferred Stock so converted and shall hold same as bare
           trustee  for each such  holder  until  such time as such  holder  has
           delivered the certificate or certificates representing such shares of
           Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock to the Corporation.  The person
           or persons  entitled to receive the shares of Common  Stock  issuable
           upon  conversion  shall be  treated  for all  purposes  as the record
           holder or  holders of such  shares of Common  Stock as of the date of
           such conversion.

       (b) Adjustments to Conversion Rate

           (1) Reclassification,  Exchange and Substitution. If the Common Stock
           issuable on conversion of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
           shall be  changed  into the same or a  different  number of shares or
           into  any  other  class or  classes  of  stock,  whether  by  capital
           reorganization,  reclassification,  reverse  stock  split or  forward
           stock split or stock dividend or otherwise  (other than a subdivision
           or  combination  of shares  provided  for above),  the holders of the
           Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock shall, upon its conversion,  be
           entitled  to receive,  in lieu of the Common  Stock which the holders
           would have become  entitled to receive but for such change,  a number
           of shares of such  other  class or  classes  of stock that would have
           been  subject to receipt by the holders if they had  exercised  their
           rights of  conversion  of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
           immediately before that change.

           (2) Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations or Sale of Assets. If at
           any time there shall be a capital reorganization of the Corporation's
           common stock (other than a subdivision, combination, reclassification
           or exchange of shares  provided for elsewhere in this Section (4)) or
           merger of the Corporation  into another  corporation,  or the sale of
           the  Corporation's  properties and assets as, or substantially as, an
           entirety to any other person, then, as a part of such reorganization,

<PAGE>


           merger or sale, lawful provision shall be made so that the holders of
           the  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  shall be  entitled  to
           receive the number of shares of stock or other securities or property
           of the Corporation,  or of the successor  corporation  resulting from
           such merger,  to which holders of the Common Stock  deliverable  upon
           conversion  of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock would have
           been entitled on such capital  reorganization,  merger or sale if the
           Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock had been converted  immediately
           before that  capital  reorganization,  merger or sale to the end that
           the provisions of this paragraph (b)(2) (including  adjustment of the
           Conversion  Rate then in effect and the number of shares  purchasable
           upon conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) shall be
           applicable  after  that  event  as  nearly  equivalently  as  may  be
           practicable.

       (c) No  Impairment.  The  Corporation  will  not,  by  amendment  of  its
           Certificate   of   Incorporation   or  through  any   reorganization,
           recapitalization,  transfer of assets,  merger,  dissolution,  or any
           other  voluntary  action,  avoid or seek to avoid the  observance  or
           performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder
           by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the
           carrying  out of all  the  provisions  of this  Section  4 and in the
           taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order
           to  protect  the  Conversion  Rights of the  holders  of the Series A
           Convertible Preferred Stock against impairment.

       (d) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment
           or  readjustment  of the  Conversion  Rate for any shares of Series A
           Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  the  Corporation at its expense shall
           promptly  compute such  adjustment or readjustment in accordance with
           the terms  hereof and  prepare and furnish to each holder of Series A
           Convertible  Preferred Stock effected  thereby a certificate  setting
           forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts
           upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation
           shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A
           Convertible Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such
           holder a like  certificate  setting forth:  (i) such  adjustments and
           readjustments;  (ii) the Conversion  Rate at the time in effect;  and
           (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of
           other  property  which  at  the  time  would  be  received  upon  the
           conversion of such holder's shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred
           Stock.

       (e) Reservation of Stock Issuable upon Conversion.  The Corporation shall
           at all times  reserve and keep  available out of its  authorized  but
           unissued  shares of Common  Stock solely for the purpose of effecting
           the  conversion of the shares of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred
           Stock such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to
           time be sufficient,  based on the Conversion Rate then in effect,  to
           effect the conversion of all then outstanding  shares of the Series A
           Preferred Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued
           shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  not be  sufficient  to  effect  the
           conversion of all then  outstanding  shares of the  Preferred  Stock,
           then,  in  addition  to all  rights,  claims and damages to which the
           holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled
           to  receive  at law or in equity as a result of such  failure  by the
           Corporation to fulfill its obligations to the holders hereunder,  the
           Corporation  will take any and all  corporate or other action as may,
           in the opinion of its counsel,  be helpful,  appropriate or necessary
           to increase its  authorized  but  unissued  shares of Common Stock to
           such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

<PAGE>


       (f) Notices. Any notices required by the provisions hereof to be given to
           the holders of shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock shall
           be deemed  given if  deposited  in the United  States  mail,  postage
           prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to each holder of
           record at its address appearing on the books of the Corporation or to
           such  other  address  of such  holder or its  representative  as such
           holder may direct.

4. Voting Provisions. Except as otherwise expressly provided or required by law,
the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation
of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to be duly executed by its President and
attested to by its  Secretary  this  _______ day of March,  1999 who, by signing
their names hereto,  acknowledge that this Certificate of Designation is the act
of the  Corporation  and state to the best of their  knowledge,  information and
belief,  under the  penalties of perjury,  that the above  matters and facts are
true in all material respects.


                           ILINK TELECOM, INC.


                           Amar Bahadoorsingh, President


                           Amar Bahadoorsingh, Secretary





ACKNOWLEDGMENT;
PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
CITY OF VANCOUVER


On , 1999 personally  appeared before me, a Notary Public,  Amar  Bahadoorsingh,
who acknowledged he executed the above instrument on behalf of said Corporation.



                                            NOTARY PUBLIC


                                VESTING AGREEMENT

THIS VESTING AGREEMENT is made effective the 25th day of March, 1999

BETWEEN:

                  THE UNDERSIGNED  REGISTERED HOLDER of shares of iLink Telecom,
Inc.

                  (the "Holder")

AND:

                  ILINK  TELECOM,  INC.,  a body  corporate  with an office  for
                  business  located at Suite 1910,  1177 West  Hastings  Street,
                  Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6E 2K3

                  (the "Company")


WHEREAS:

A.   The  Holder  has been  issued a total of  300,000  shares of the  Company's
     Common Stock (the "Shares");

B.   The  certificates  representing the Shares bear the legend required by Rule
     144 under the Securities Act of 1933;

C.   The Company holds the certificates representing the Shares; and

D.   The  Holder  has  agreed  that the  Shares  shall  be held by the  Company,
     undelivered, until such time as ownership of the Shares vests in the Holder
     in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES THAT for $10 now paid be each party hereto to the other
and in  consideration  of the  premises  and  covenants  and  agreements  herein
contained,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the
parties hereto covenant and agree each with the others as follows:

1.   The Company shall hold the certificates representing the shares (the "Share
     Certificates")  undelivered,  and upon the Company  achieving the following
     milestones  a portion of the  Shares  shall be  delivered  to the Holder as
     follows:


         Milestone                                       Shares to be Delivered

         The Company is listed in the Standard &
          Poor's Corporation Records Service                      50,000


         A  registration  statement  for the
          Company  is filed  with the United
          States Securities and Exchange
          Commission and becomes effective                       150,000

         The Holder has acted as the Company's
          financial consultant for a period of
          twelve months                                          100,000

<PAGE>

2.   In the event  that the  milestones  enumerated  in section 1 hereof are not
     achieved  by March  25,  2000 then the  Shares  shall be  forfeited  to the
     Company  and  returned  to  treasury  and the Holder  shall have no further
     interest in the Shares registered in its name.

3.   The  Company  shall not accept or  acknowledge  any  transfer,  assignment,
     declaration of trust or any other document  evidencing a change in legal or
     beneficial  ownership  or of  interest  in  the  Shares,  except  as may be
     required  by  reason  of the  bankruptcy  of the  Holder,  subject  to this
     Agreement for whatsoever  person or persons,  or corporations  who may thus
     become legally entitled thereto.

4.   The  parties  hereto  shall  attempt to resolve any  dispute,  controversy,
     difference  or  claim  arising  out of or  relating  to this  Agreement  by
     negotiation in good faith. If such good  negotiation  fails to resolve such
     dispute,  controversy,  difference or claim within  fifteen (15) days after
     any party delivers to any other party a notice of its intent to submit such
     matter  to  arbitration,  then  any  party  to such  dispute,  controversy,
     difference  or claim may submit such matter to  arbitration  in the City of
     Vancouver,  British  Columbia.  All results of the arbitration  proceedings
     shall be final,  conclusive  and binding on all parties to this  Agreement,
     and shall not be  subject  to  judicial  review.  Judgement  upon the award
     rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in Province of British  Columbia,
     the State of Nevada or any other court having competent jurisdiction.

5.   This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with the
     laws of the Province of British Columbia.

6.   This  Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in  counterparts  and such
     counterparts  shall be construed  together and deemed to constitute one and
     the same instrument.

7.   This  Agreement  shall  enure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the
     parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

8.   The  Holder  has  obtained  legal  advice  concerning  this  matter and has
     requested that the Company obtain  independent legal advice with respect to
     this matter before executing this Agreement.  The Company hereby represents
     and  warrants  to the  Holder  that  it  has  been  so  advised  to  obtain
     independent legal advice, and that prior to the execution of this Agreement
     it has so obtained  independent  legal  advice or has,  in its  discretion,
     knowingly and willingly elected not to do so.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto  have duly caused this  Agreement  to be
executed effective as of the day and year first above written.

CENTURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LTD.



Per:     ---------------------------
         Authorized Signatory

ILINK TELECOM, INC.



Per:     ---------------------------
         Authorized Signatory


                                VESTING AGREEMENT

THIS VESTING AGREEMENT is made effective the 25th day of May, 1999

BETWEEN:

                  THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTERED HOLDERS of shares of iLink Telecom,
Inc.

                  (the "Holders")

AND:

                  ILINK  TELECOM,  INC.,  a body  corporate  with an office  for
                  business  located at Suite 1910,  1177 West  Hastings  Street,
                  Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6E 2K3

                  (the "Company")


WHEREAS:

A.   The Holders have been issued a total of 1,840,000  shares of the  Company's
     Common Stock (the "Shares");

B.   The  certificates  representing the Shares bear the legend required by Rule
     144 under the Securities Act of 1933;

C.   The Company holds the certificates representing the Shares; and

D.   The  Holders  have  agreed  that the Shares  shall be held by the  Company,
     undelivered,  until  such  time as  ownership  of the  Shares  vests in the
     Holders  in  accordance  with the  terms of this  Agreement.  All the other
     indicia of ownership belongs to the Holder.

THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES THAT for $10 now paid be each party hereto to the other
and in  consideration  of the  premises  and  covenants  and  agreements  herein
contained,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the
parties hereto covenant and agree each with the others as follows:

1.   The  Company  shall hold the  certificates  representing  the shares as set
     forth  in  Schedule   "A"  attached   hereto  (the  "Share   Certificates")
     undelivered,  and upon the Company  achieving  the  following  milestones a
     portion of the Shares  shall be  delivered  to the  Holders,  pro rata,  as
     follows:


         Milestone                                  Percentage to be Delivered

         The Company's gross revenues for
          a single fiscal year increase
          above US$1,000,000; or                                 25%

         Each additional increase of the Company's
          gross revenues for a single fiscal year of
          US$1,000,000; or                                       25%

         The Company closes an acquisition of a business
          or businesses with annual gross revenue in excess
          of US$2,000,000; or                                    25%


<PAGE>


         Each additional closing of an acquisition of a
          business or businesses with annual gross revenue
          in excess of US$2,000,000; or                          25%

         Each capital investment of US$1,000,000 in the
          Company; or                                            25%

         The Company acquires a PCS Licence in the Republic
          of Trinidad and Tobago; or                            100%

         The Company becomes the subject of a takeover bid.     100%

2.   As long as any Share Certificates remain deposited with the Company,  then,
     in the event that a particular Holder ceases to be an officer,  director or
     employee  of the  Company,  any  Shares  registered  in the  name  of  that
     particular  Holder which have not been delivered to that particular  Holder
     pursuant to section 1 hereof  within one hundred and eighty days  following
     the date  upon  which  that  particular  Holder  ceases  to be an  officer,
     director or employee of the Company  shall be  forfeited to the Company and
     returned  to  treasury  and that  particular  Holder  shall have no further
     interest in the Shares registered in his name.

3.   In the event that no Shares have been delivered to the Holders  pursuant to
     section  1 hereof  on or  before  May 25,  2000  then the  Shares  shall be
     forfeited  to the Company and  returned to treasury  and the Holders  shall
     have no further interest in the Shares registered in their names.

4.   The  Company  shall not accept or  acknowledge  any  transfer,  assignment,
     declaration of trust or any other document  evidencing a change in legal or
     beneficial  ownership  or of  interest  in  the  Shares,  except  as may be
     required  by  reason  of the  death or  bankruptcy  of any of the  Holders,
     subject to this Agreement for whatsoever person or persons, or corporations
     who may thus become legally entitled thereto.

5.   The  parties  hereto  shall  attempt to resolve any  dispute,  controversy,
     difference  or  claim  arising  out of or  relating  to this  Agreement  by
     negotiation in good faith. If such good  negotiation  fails to resolve such
     dispute,  controversy,  difference or claim within  fifteen (15) days after
     any party delivers to any other party a notice of its intent to submit such
     matter  to  arbitration,  then  any  party  to such  dispute,  controversy,
     difference  or claim may submit such matter to  arbitration  in the City of
     Vancouver,  British  Columbia.  All results of the arbitration  proceedings
     shall be final,  conclusive  and binding on all parties to this  Agreement,
     and shall not be  subject  to  judicial  review.  Judgement  upon the award
     rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in Province of British  Columbia,
     the State of Nevada or any other court having competent jurisdiction.

6.   This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with the
     laws of the Province of British Columbia.

7.   This  Agreement  and may be executed by facsimile and in  counterparts  and
     such counterparts  shall be construed together and deemed to constitute one
     and the same instrument.

8.   This  Agreement  shall  enure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the
     parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

9.   The parties  hereto  acknowledge  that they have each received  independent
     legal  advice  with  respect  to  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the
     transactions  contemplated  herein or have knowingly and willingly  elected
     not to do so. The parties  hereto further  acknowledge  that this Agreement
     has been prepared by Century  Capital  Management  Ltd. as a convenience to
     the parties only, and that Century Capital Management Ltd. has not provided
     any of the parties hereto with any professional advice with respect to this
     Agreement.


<PAGE>


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto  have duly caused this  Agreement  to be
executed effective as of the day and year first above written.



- ---------------------------------
AMAR BAHADOORSINGH



- ---------------------------------
PETER M. SCHRIBER



- ---------------------------------
RANDALL WALROND



- ---------------------------------
RICK VILLANEUVA



- ---------------------------------
ANDREA DALEY


- ---------------------------------
MARKETSOURCE DIRECT HOLDINGS LTD.



Per:
         Authorized Signatory


- ---------------------------------
ILINK TELECOM, INC.



Per:    -------------------------
         Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE "A"







 Holder                                                 Number Of Shares

Amar Bahadoorsingh                                            1,500,000

Peter M. Schriber                                              25,000

Marketsource Direct Holdings Ltd.
(Peter M. Schriber)                                           250,000


Randall Walrond                                                50,000

Rick Villaneuva                                                10,000

Andrea Daley                                                    5,000
                                                            ---------
                                   TOTAL                    1,840,000





                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 26th day of February, 1999

BETWEEN:

                  ABDE HOLDINGS  LTD., a company duly  incorporated  pursuant to
                  the laws of the  Province of British  Columbia  and having its
                  registered  office  located  at  #1107 - 11871  Horseshoe  Way
                  Richmond, British Columbia V7A 5H5

                  (the "Vendor")

AND:

                  ILINK  TELECOM,  INC.,  a body  corporate  with an office  for
                  business  located at Suite 1910,  1177 West  Hastings  Street,
                  Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6E 2K3

                  (the "Purchaser")

WHEREAS:

A.   the Vendor is the registered and beneficial  owner of all of the issued and
     outstanding  common  shares (the "Common  Shares") of 579782 B.C. Ltd. (the
     "Company");

B.   the Company is indebted  to the Vendor for the sum of  CDN$183,723.96  (the
     "Debt"); and

C.   the Vendor wishes to sell, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase, the Common
     Shares and the Vendor wishes to assign, and the Purchaser wishes to take an
     assignment of, the Debt, both on and subject to the terms and conditions of
     this agreement.
<PAGE>

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT  WITNESSETH THAT in  consideration  of the premises
and the mutual covenants,  agreements,  representations and warranties contained
herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Purchase and Sale of Common Shares

1.       The Vendor  hereby  agrees to sell and the  Purchaser  hereby agrees to
         purchase the Common Shares effective the date hereof .

Assignment of Debt

2.       The Vendor hereby agrees to assign,  and the Purchaser hereby agrees to
         take an assignment of, the Debt effective the date hereof.

Consideration

3.       In consideration for the sale of the Common Shares by the Vendor to the
         Purchaser  and the  assignment  of the  Debt  from  the  Vendor  to the
         Purchaser  the  Purchaser  agrees to issue to the Vendors 145 shares of
         non-transferable  Convertible  Preferred  Stock in the  capital  of the
         Purchaser  at a deemed price of $1,000 per share on or before March 31,
         1999.  The shares of  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall be deemed to
         convert into shares of Common Stock of the Purchaser on the later of:

          (a)  the date which is six months from the date of this Agreement;  or

          (b)  the date which is five business days from the effective date of a
               registration  statement  filed with the United States  Securities
               and Exchange  Commission in respect of the shares of Common Stock
               of the  Purchaser to be issued upon the deemed  conversion of the
               shares of Convertible Preferred Stock.

4.       Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall convert in one share of
         Common  Stock of the basis of the deemed  purchase  price for each such
         share of Convertible  Preferred Stock divided by 75% of the closing bid
         price of the Company's shares of Common Stock for the five trading days
         immediately  preceding the deemed exercise of the shares of Convertible
         Preferred Stock. The Purchaser shall file a registration statement with
         the United States  Securities and Exchange  Commission on or before May
         31, 1999 and shall use its best efforts to make same  effective as soon
         as practicable thereafter.

Representations and Warranties

5.       The Vendor  represents  and warrants to and in favour of the Purchaser,
         with the intent that the  Purchaser  will rely thereon in entering into
         this agreement and in completing the transactions  contemplated hereby,
         that:

          (a)  Ownership of Shares.  The issued and outstanding Common Shares in
               the capital  stock of the Company  consist of 100 Common  Shares,
               which Common Shares shall be validly  issued and  outstanding  as
               fully paid and  non-assessable  Common Shares.  The Vendor is the
               registered and beneficial owner the Common Shares;
<PAGE>

          (b)  No Encumbrances. The Vendor owns the Common Shares free and clear
               of  any   and  all   liens,   charges,   pledges,   encumbrances,
               restrictions on transfer and adverse claims whatsoever  including
               pooling and voting trust agreements;

          (c)  No Option.  No person,  firm or corporation  has any agreement or
               option or any right  capable of becoming an  agreement  or option
               for the  acquisition  of the Common  Shares or for the  purchase,
               subscription  or issuance of any of the unissued Common Shares in
               the capital of the Company;

          (d)  Capacity.  The Vendor has the full right,  power and authority to
               enter into this agreement on the terms and  conditions  contained
               herein and to  transfer  and cause the  transfer  of full  legal,
               registered and beneficial title and ownership of their portion of
               the Common  Shares to the  Purchaser  as  contemplated  by item 1
               hereof;

          (e)  No Restrictions.  There are no restrictions on the transfer, sale
               or other disposition of the Common Shares;

          (f)  Books and  Records.  The books and records of the Company  fairly
               and correctly  set out and disclose in all material  respects the
               financial position of the Company, and all material financial and
               other  transactions of the Company  relating to its business have
               been accurately recorded or filed in such books and records;

          (g)  No Assets or Liabilities.  Other than as acquired pursuant to the
               terms of certain  Assignment  Agreements  dated February 26, 1999
               between  the  Company and the Vendor the Company has no assets or
               liabilities.

Indemnification

6.       The Vendor agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Purchaser from and
         against  any and all  claims,  demands,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,
         assessments,  judgments, damages, costs, losses and expenses, including
         any payment  made in good faith in  settlement  of any claim  resulting
         from the  breach by it of any  representation  or  warranty  under this
         agreement or from any material  misrepresentation  in or omission  from
         any certificate or other instrument furnished or to be furnished by the
         Vendor to the Purchaser hereunder.
<PAGE>

Counterparts

7.       This Agreement may be signed in any number or counterparts or facsimile
         counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original  and all
         of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same document.

Independent Legal Advice

8.       The parties hereto acknowledge that they have each received independent
         legal  advice  with  respect  to the  terms of this  agreement  and the
         transactions  contemplated  herein  or  have  knowingly  and  willingly
         elected not to do so. The parties hereto further  acknowledge that this
         agreement has been  prepared by Century  Capital  Management  Ltd. as a
         convenience  to the parties only, and that Century  Capital  Management
         Ltd. has not provided any of the parties  hereto with any  professional
         advice with respect to this agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this agreement  effective as of the
day and year first above written.

                                                       ABDE HOLDINGS LTD.


                                                  By:  ---------------------
Witness                                                Authorized Signatory

Name

Address




                                                     ILINK TELECOM INC.


                                                  By:------------------------
Witness                                              Authorized Signatory

Name

Address




                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT


THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT is made effective the 25th day of February, 1999


BETWEEN:

                           ABDE  HOLDINGS  LTD.,  a  company  duly  incorporated
                           pursuant  to the  laws  of the  Province  of  British
                           Columbia and having its registered  office located at
                           #1107  -  11871   Horseshoe  Way  Richmond,   British
                           Columbia V7A 5H5

                           (the "Assignor")
AND:

                           579782  B.C.   LTD.,  a  company  duly   incorporated
                           pursuant  to the  laws  of the  Province  of  British
                           Columbia and having its registered  office located at
                           #201  -  1190  Hornby  Street,   Vancouver,   British
                           Columbia V6Z 2K5

                           (the "Assignee")

WHEREAS:

A.       The Assignee is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Assignor;

B.       Pursuant to the terms of an Agreement for Purchase and Sale (the "Asset
         Agreement") dated January 13, 1999 between Revere  Communications  Inc.
         ("Revere")  and the  Assignor,  a copy of which is  attached  hereto as
         Schedule "A", the Assignor has acquired  certain  assets of Revere (the
         "Assets");

C.       The  Assignor  now wishes to assign to the  Assignee  all of its right,
         title  and  interest  in and to the  Agreement  and the  Assets  to the
         Assignee  and the Assignee is willing to accept the  assignment  on and
         subject to there terms and conditions hereof

NOW THEREFORE  THIS AGREEMENT  WITNESSETH  THAT in  consideration  of the sum of
$1.00 now paid by the  Assignee to the  Assignor,  the  receipt and  sufficiency
whereof is hereby  acknowledged  by the  Assignor,  the parties  hereto agree as
follows:

1. The Assignor does hereby  assign to the Assignee all of its right,  title and
interest  in and to the Asset  Agreement  and the Assets and all  benefits to be
derived  therefrom  subject to the  covenants,  provisions and conditions on the
part of the Assignor therein contained.

2. The Assignee  agrees to perform the obligations of the Assignor in accordance
with the terms of the Asset  Agreement and be bound to Revere in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the Asset Agreement.

3. The Assignor represents and warrants to the Assignee that:

(a)            the Assignor is entitled to assign the Asset  Agreement  and has
               obtained all  necessary  consents to such assignment;

(b)             the Assignee may enjoy the rights and benefits derived under the
                Asset  Agreement  without  interruption  by the  Assignor or any
                party claiming through the Assignor;

(c)             there  are  no  contra   accounts,   set-offs  or  counterclaims
                whatsoever  against the Assignor with respect to the  assignment
                contemplated hereby; and

(d)             the  Assignor  has  not   previously   assigned,   postponed  or
                encumbered in any manner the Assets or any portion thereof.

      4. The Asset  Agreement and all covenants,  provisios,  powers and matters
      and things whatsoever therein contained shall continue to be in full force
      and effect except only as amended herein.

      5. The parties hereto acknowledge that they have each received independent
      legal  advice  with  respect  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the
      transactions  contemplated  herein or have knowingly and willingly elected
      not to do so. The parties hereto further  acknowledge  that this Agreement
      has been prepared by Century  Capital  Management Ltd. as a convenience to
      the  parties  only,  and that  Century  Capital  Management  Ltd.  has not
      provided  any of the  parties  hereto  with any  professional  advice with
      respect to this Agreement.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement  effective as
      of the day and year first above written.


                                                     ABDE HOLDINGS LTD.


                                                   By:
                                                   Authorized Signatory


                                                   579782 B.C. LTD.


                                                    By:
                                                    Authorized Signatory


      THE HEREIN ASSIGNMENT IS CONSENTED TO
      pursuant to section 7.3 of the Asset Agreement
      this         day of February, 1999

      REVERE COMMUNICATIONS INC.


      By:
             Authorized Signatory



                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT


THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT is made effective the 25th day of February, 1999


BETWEEN:

                           ABDE  HOLDINGS  LTD.,  a  company  duly  incorporated
                           pursuant  to the  laws  of the  Province  of  British
                           Columbia and having its registered  office located at
                           #1107  -  11871   Horseshoe  Way  Richmond,   British
                           Columbia V7A 5H5

                           (the "Assignor")
AND:

                           579782  B.C.   LTD.,  a  company  duly   incorporated
                           pursuant  to the  laws  of the  Province  of  British
                           Columbia and having its registered  office located at
                           #201  -  1190  Hornby  Street,   Vancouver,   British
                           Columbia V6Z 2K5

                           (the "Assignee")

WHEREAS:

A.       The Assignee is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Assignor;

B.       Pursuant  to the terms of an IVR  Platform  Service  Agreement  between
         Telus  Communications  Inc.  ("Telus") and Revere  Communications  Inc.
         ("Revere") dated June 16, 1998 (the "IVR  Agreement")  Revere agreed to
         provide certain services to Telus;

C.       Pursuant to the terms of an  Assignment  and  Amending  Agreement  made
         January 12, 1999 between Revere, the Assignor and Telus Revere assigned
         all of its right, title and interest in and to the IVR Agreement to the
         Assignor; and

D.       The  Assignor now wishes to assign to the  Assignee,  all of its right,
         title and  interest in and to the IVR  Agreement,  and the  Assignee is
         willing  to accept the  assignment  on and  subject to there  terms and
         conditions hereof.

NOW THEREFORE  THIS AGREEMENT  WITNESSETH  THAT in  consideration  of the sum of
$1.00 now paid by the  Assignee to the  Assignor,  the  receipt and  sufficiency
whereof is hereby  acknowledged  by the  Assignor,  the parties  hereto agree as
follows:

1. The Assignor does hereby  assign to the Assignee all of its right,  title and
interest in and to the IVR  Agreement  and all benefits to be derived  therefrom
subject to the covenants,  provisions and conditions on the part of the Assignor
therein contained.

2. The Assignee  agrees to perform the obligations of the Assignor in accordance
with the terms of the IVR Agreement and be bound to Telus in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the IVR Agreement.

3. The Assignor represents and warrants to the Assignee that:

(a)             the  Assignor  is  entitled  to assign the IVR  Agreement  and
                has  obtained  all  necessary  consents to such assignment;

(b)             the Assignee may enjoy the rights and benefits derived under the
                IVR Agreement without  interruption by the Assignor or any party
                claiming through the Assignor;

(c)             there  are  no  contra   accounts,   set-offs  or  counterclaims
                whatsoever  against the Assignor with respect to the  assignment
                contemplated hereby;

(d)             the Assignor is not in receipt of any deposits or prepayments of
                any sums payable under the IVR Agreement; and

(e)             the  Assignor  has  not   previously   assigned,   postponed  or
                encumbered in any manner its right, title and interest in and to
                the IVR Agreement or any portion thereof.

      4. The IVR Agreement and all covenants,  provisios, powers and matters and
      things whatsoever therein contained shall continue to be in full force and
      effect except only as amended herein.

      5. This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the
      parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

      6.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by the laws of the  Province  of
     Alberta.

      7. The parties hereto acknowledge that they have each received independent
      legal  advice  with  respect  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the
      transactions  contemplated  herein or have knowingly and willingly elected
      not to do so. The parties hereto further  acknowledge  that this Agreement
      has been prepared by Century  Capital  Management Ltd. as a convenience to
      the  parties  only,  and that  Century  Capital  Management  Ltd.  has not
      provided  any of the  parties  hereto  with any  professional  advice with
      respect to this Agreement.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement  effective as
      of the day and year first above written.


                                                          ABDE HOLDINGS LTD.


                                                         By:
                                                            Authorized Signatory


                                                              579782 B.C. LTD.


                                                         By:
                                                            Authorized Signatory



      THE HEREIN ASSIGNMENT IS CONSENTED TO
      pursuant to section 14.1 of the IVR Agreement
      this         day of February, 1999

      TELUS COMMUNICATIONS INC.


      By:
      Authorized Signatory


              ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE BY TENANT WITH LANDLORD'S CONSENT


         THIS AGREEMENT dated for reference and made as of June 1, 1999.

BETWEEN:

                  GOLDEN PROPERTIES LTD.,

                  (the "Landlord")

AND:

                  CENTURY  CAPITAL  MANAGEMENT  LTD.,  a company  duly
                  incorporated  under the laws of British Columbia,

                  (the "Tenant")

AND:

                  ILINK TELECOM INC., a company duly, incorporated under the
                  laws of British Columbia,

                  (the "Assignee")



WITNESSES THAT WHEREAS:

A.   By a lease made August 1, 1997(collectively herein called "the lease") both
     between the Landlord, as landlord,  the Tenant, as tenant, the Landlord did
     demise and lease to the Tenant  those  certain  premises  (the  "Premises")
     being a portion of the 19h floor of the office building known and described
     as  1177  West  Hastings  Street,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia,  as  more
     particularly  described in the Lease, for the term (the "term") of five (5)
     years commencing August 1, 1997;

B.   The Lease contains a prohibition  against  assignment by the Tenant without
     first obtaining the written consent of the Landlord thereto;

C.   The Tenant  wishes to assign its  interest  under the Lease to the Assignee
     and the Assignee has agreed to accept such assignment;

D.   The Tenant and the  Assignee  have  requested  that the  Landlord  give its
     consent to such assignment pursuant to the Lease;

E.   The Landlord has agreed to give its consent to such assignment on the terms
     and conditions  hereinafter set forth; and

<PAGE>


F.   The Parties have agreed that the assignment shall take effect as of June 1,
     1999 (the "Effective Date").


NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the premises, the respective covenants herein,
the sum of $1.00 now paid by each party to each of the others and other good and
valuable   consideration  (the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged), the parties covenant and agree as follows:

1.       Assignment of the Lease

         The Tenant hereby  assigns to the Assignee as of the Effective Date all
of the right, title,  benefit and interest of the Tenant in and to the Premises,
together  with the  unexpected  residue  of the Term and the  Lease  and all the
benefit  and  advantage  to be  derived  therefrom,  to hold the  same  unto the
Assignee  henceforth  for and  during the  residue  of the Term,  subject to the
payment of the rent and  performance  of the  covenants  and  agreements  of the
Tenant under the Lease.

2.       Warranties and Covenants of the Tenant in Favour of the Assignee

         The Tenant hereby  represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees
with, the Assignee that:

     a.   notwithstanding  any act of the Tenant,  the Lease is good,  valid and
          subsisting,  the rents  thereby  reserved  have been  duly  paid,  the
          covenants and conditions therein have been duly observed and performed
          by the  Tenant  as of the date  hereof,  and the  Tenant  now has good
          right,  full power and  absolute  authority to assign the Premises and
          the Lease in the manner  aforesaid,  according  to the true intent and
          meaning hereof;

     b.   subject to the payment of rent and the  performance  of the  covenants
          and conditions contained in the Lease, the Assignee may enter into and
          hold and enjoy the Premises  for the residue of the Term,  for its own
          use and benefit  without any  interruption by the Tenant or any person
          claiming  under the Tenant,  free from all  charges  and  encumbrances
          whatsoever,  at the request  and cost of the  Assignee,  execute  such
          further  assurances of the Premises as the Assignee  shall  reasonably
          require;

     c.   the  Tenant  has  not  previously  assigned,   transferred,   charged,
          encumbered, sublet or parted with possession of the Premises; and

     d.   the Tenant has not exercised any renewal options under the Lease.


<PAGE>

3.   Covenants  of the  Assignee  in Favour of the  Tenant The  Assignee  hereby
     covenants and agrees with the Tenant that the  Assignment  shall during the
     residue of the Term:

     a.   pay the rent  reserved  by the  Lease;

     b.   perform and observe the obligations,  covenants and conditions therein
          contained on the part of the tenant  therein  named to be observed and
          performed; and

     c.   indemnify and save the Tenant harmless therefrom and from all actions,
          suits, costs, losses, charges,  damages and expenses for or in respect
          thereof, as if the Assignee were the Tenant named in the Lease.

4.   Covenants of the Assignees in Favour of the Landlord

         The  Assignee  acknowledges  having  received  a copy of the  Lease and
having had an opportunity to review the Lease. The Assignee hereby covenants and
agrees with the Landlord:

     a.   to pay the rent and additional  rent and to observe and perform all of
          the covenants,  agreements  and conditions of the Tenant  reserved and
          contained in the Lease in the same manner as if the Assignee  were the
          tenant named in the Lease; and

     b.   not to assign or sublet or part with possession of the Premises or any
          part  thereof or the Lease  without the prior  written  consent of the
          Landlord pursuant to the Lease.

5.   Notice to the Assignee

     Notice to the Assignee shall be sufficiently given as and when delivered to
the Premises.

6.   Consent of Landlord

     Subject to the terms and conditions in the Lease  regarding  consent by the
Landlord to an assignment of the Lease, the Landlord's receipt of payment of its
administrative  and legal fees for processing the Tenant's  request for consent,
and to the Landlord's receipt of any required indemnities referred to in section
8 hereof,  the  Landlord  hereby  consents  on the  terms set out  herein to the
assignment herein of the Lease to the Assignee.

7.   Mutual Agreements as to the Landlord's Consent

     The Tenant and the Assignee covenant and represent that:

     a.   neither the  consent of the  Landlord  herein,  nor the payment of any
          money , nor the performance by the Assignee of its  obligations  under
          section 4 hereof  shall  waive or modify in any  respect the rights of
          the  Landlord  under the Lease or relieve  the Tenant or any else from
          the observance and  performance of any of the conditions and covenants
          in the Lease to be observed or performed by the Tenant;

<PAGE>

     b.   the consent of the Landlord  herein is restricted to the assignment by
          the Tenant to the Assignee as set forth herein;

     c.   the  prohibition  against  the  assignment  of the Lease  and  against
          subletting or otherwise parting with possession of the Premises as set
          forth in the Lease shall otherwise remain in full force and effect;

     d.   the consent of the landlord herein shall not be deemed to be a consent
          to or a waiver  of the  requirements  set  forth in the  Lease for the
          consent of the Landlord to any  subsequent  assignment of the Lease or
          the Term or to any subletting or other parting with  possession of the
          Premises or any part thereof; and

     e.   neither  the Tenant nor the  Assignee  have,  nor will  either of them
          create, a security  interest in the  Improvements  within the Premises
          except in favour of the Landlord,  and for the purposes of this clause
          "Improvements"  means all elements of, and goods within,  the Premises
          which constitute  "fixtures" for the purposes of the Personal Property
          Security  Act  (British  Columbia)  including,  but not to  limit  the
          generality of the  foregoing,  all floor  coverings,  ceilings,  light
          fixtures,   air  conditioning   fixtures,   interior  doors,  interior
          partitions and walls,  communication  systems,  and built-in equipment
          and  furniture,  and it will be a default  under the Lease if any such
          security interest is created.

8.   Enurement

     This  Agreement  shall  enure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the
parties and their respective  heirs,  personal  representatives,  successors and
permitted assigns.

9.   Define Terms and Captions

     Any Term used in this Agreement  which is not defined herein but is defined
in the  Lease  shall  have the  meaning  given to that  term in the  Lease.  The


<PAGE>



captions  appearing  in  this  Agreement  have  been  inserted  as a  matter  of
convenience  and for reference  only and in no way define,  limit or enlarge the
scope or meaning of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first above written.


The Common Seal of the Landlord
was hereunto affixed in the presence
of:

Title: _________________________
       (Authorized Signatory)


Title: _________________________
      (Authorized Signatory)


The Common Seal of the Tenant
was hereunto affixed in the presence
of:

Title:__________________________
      (Authorized Signatory)


Title:__________________________
      (Authorized Signatory)


The Common Seal of the Assignee
was hereunto affixed in the presence
of:

Title:__________________________
         (Authorized Signatory)


Title:__________________________
         (Authorized Signatory)





                               iLink Telecom, Inc.
               Suite 1170, 666 Burrard St., Vancouver, BC, V6C 2X8
                   Telephone (604) 717-1110 Fax (604) 717-1109

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

April 1, 1999

Attention: Thor Communications Ltd.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Re:  Joint-Venture  with iLink Telecom Inc. for Trinidad & Tobago  digital phone
license
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Dear Sirs:

     This letter is to be  considered a formal  undertaking  that iLink  Telecom
Inc. and Thor  Communications  Ltd. of Trinidad  and Tobago are entering  into a
joint  venture to secure the  rights  and a license  to provide  digital  mobile
telecommunications  for the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago. For the purposes of
the RFP and the application for a license, Thor Communications Ltd. will own 51%
of iLink Telecom Inc.  (Trinidad)  and iLink Telecom Inc.  (BVI) will own 49% of
the Trinidad entity.

     Both  organizations have hired Industar Digital PCS of Milwaukee to prepare
the RFP for submission to the telecommunications  authorities.  The costs of the
consulting  contract will be pro-rated between both parties.  Each party is also
responsible for their expenses incurred in the preparation of the proposal.

     Once the license had been awarded by the  Telecommunications  Ministry, the
board of iLink Telecom Inc. will be responsible for the hiring of an operational
entity to install and run the  infrastructure  that will be the  digital  mobile
phone network.  It is understood that all invested  capital will be serviced and
paid in full before the Trinidad  entity receives a dividend from the profits of
the organization.

     Until a formal  dissolution  is  implemented  by both  parties,  this joint
venture is to last the  duration  of the  licensing  process.  If the  licensing
process proves  unsuccessful,  this joint-venture  shall be dissolved when other
parties are awarded the licenses.




- -----------------------                                -----------------------
Thor Communications Ltd.                               iLink Telecom Inc.
                                                       Amar Bahadoorsingh
                                                       President & CEO



                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT



Date:             May 14, 1999

Consultant:       Indus, Inc. dba Industar Digital PCS
                  633 East Mason Street
                  Milwaukee, WI  53202

Company:          i Link Telecom (BC) Inc.
                  600 Burrard Street
                  Vancouver, BC


Company and Consultant Agree:
Term of Consulting Service:  From 5/15/99 to 6/30/99


1.  Scope of Work
Consultant  will  perform  the  consulting  services  for  Company or one of its
affiliated corporations  (together,  the "Company") described in Schedule 1 (the
"Services").

2.  Compensation
Company will pay Consultant a fifty thousand dollar ($50,000) consulting fee as
follows:
$15,000  on or before May 28
$10,000  on or before June 15
$10,000  on or before June 30
$15,000  on or before July 15

The total fee (excluding  the direct  payment by Company of all travel  expenses
requested by  Consultant  under this  agreement)  may not exceed fifty  thousand
dollars ($50,000) without the prior written approval of Company.

3.  Manner of Performance
Consultant has the requisite  expertise,  ability, and legal right to render the
Services and will perform the Services in an efficient  manner.  Consultant will
abide by all laws,  rules,  and regulations that apply to the performance of the
Services,   including   applicable   requirements   regarding  equal  employment
opportunity and the provisions of Executive Order 11246 and related rules.  Each
of Consultant's employees performing Services will have the expertise to perform
assigned Services in an efficient manner.

The  Consultant  shall  provide  the  Company  with any  materials  prepared  in
conjunction  with this Agreement that are intended to be externally  distributed
prior  to  such  distribution  and  the  Consultant   further  agrees  that  the
distribution  of all such  materials  shall be subject to prior  approval by the
Company.

<PAGE>


4.  Confidentiality In the course of this agreement,  it is anticipated
that Consultant will learn  information  that Company regards as confidential or
proprietary. Consultant will keep confidential this information which Consultant
may acquire with respect to Company's business,  including,  but not limited to,
information  developed by Consultant and  information  relating to new products,
customers, pricing, know-how, processes, and practices, unless and until Company
consents to  disclosure,  or unless such  knowledge  and  information  otherwise
becomes  generally  available  to the  public  through  no fault of  Consultant.
Consultant will not disclose to others, without Company's consent, the fact that
it is  acting  on  behalf  of  Company.  This  undertaking  to keep  information
confidential  will survive the termination of this agreement for a period of one
(1) year.  At the  termination  of this  agreement,  Consultant  will  return to
Company all drawings,  specifications,  manuals, and other printed or reproduced
material (including  information stored on  machine-readable  media) provided by
Company to Consultant and all copies of such  information  made by Consultant or
its employees.

5.  Conflicts of Interest
Consultant represents that it has advised Company of any relationship with third
parties  which would  prevent  Consultant  from  carrying  out the terms of this
agreement.

6.  Independent Contractor
Consultant is an  independent  contractor,  not an employee or agent of Company.
Nothing in this  Consulting  Agreement  shall render  Consultant,  or any of its
agents or employees,  an employee or agent of Company,  nor authorize or empower
Consultant  or its agents or  employees  to speak for,  represent,  or  obligate
Company in any way.  Company  recognizes that Consultant  retains all the rights
and privileges of an employer, including, but not limited to, the right to hire,
direct,  discipline,  compensate  and terminate  its  employees  assigned to the
Company account.  Consultant assumes any and all liabilities  regarding ss. 1706
of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and ss.  414(n) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
1986.

7.  Ownership of Developments
All written  materials and other works which may be subject to copyright and all
patentable and unpatentable inventions,  discoveries,  and ideas (including, but
not limited to, any computer software) which are made, conceived,  or written by
Consultant during the term of this agreement,  and for ninety (90) days after it
expires,  and which are based upon the  Services  performed  by  Consultant  for
Company (Developments) shall remain Consultant's property.

8.  Disclosures to Company
If during the term of this  agreement  Consultant  discloses  any  copyrightable
works,  inventions,  discoveries  or ideas to Company  which were  conceived  or
written  prior  to this  agreement  or which  are not  based  upon the  Services
performed by Consultant for Company under this  agreement,  Company will have no
liability  to  Consultant  because  of  its  use  of  such  works,   inventions,
discoveries,  or ideas, except liability for infringement of any valid copyright
or patent now or hereafter issued thereon.

<PAGE>


9.  Term
The term of this agreement is as specified on the first page of this  agreement,
but in no event will the term of this  agreement  extend  beyond sixty (60) days
from the date of this agreement.

10.  Termination
Company may terminate this Consulting  Agreement  effective the day of notice by
giving Consultant written notice of termination if Consultant:

     1)   Fails  to  provide  the  standard  of  performance  of  Services  that
          substantially meets Company's reasonable expectations; or

     2)   Fails  at any time to  provide  the  contracted  Services  defined  in
          Schedule 1.

11.  General
No assignment  by Consultant of this  agreement or any sums due under it will be
binding on Company without  Company's prior written consent.  This agreement may
not be  changed or  terminated  orally by or on behalf of either  party.  In the
event either party breaches this agreement,  the other party will have the right
to terminate the agreement.  In the event of the actual or threatened  breach of
any of the  terms of  paragraph  4,  Company  will  have the  right to  specific
performance and injunctive  relief.  The rights granted by this paragraph are in
addition to all other  remedies and rights  available at law or in equity.  This
agreement  shall be construed  according to the laws of Wisconsin  for contracts
made within that state.

Agreed By:

i Link Telecom, Inc.                        Indus, Inc. dba Industar Digital PCS



By:                                           By:
    ----------------------                        -----------------------
    Amar Bahadoorsingh                            Michael Flanigan



By:
    ----------------------
    Peter M. Schriber


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE 1





Assist in the following tasks:

o    Provide leadership in the development of the business strategy

o    Based on the strategic  focus,  and in cooperation  with other  principals,
     write the business plan for the organization  which addresses the following
     topics--

     |X|  Staffing, compensation and responsibilities for the following business
          functions:

          -        Executive team

          -        Human Resources

          -        Regulatory and legal

          -        Engineering

          -        Sales and marketing

          -        System operations

          -        Data processing

          -        Finance and accounting

          -        Customer Service

          -        Strategic planning

          -        Distribution

     |X|  Develop subscriber forecast

     |X|  Develop Revenue and Expense Projections

     |X|  Assist  in  negotiation  of  interconnection  and cell  site  backhaul
          agreements






                               iLink Telecom, Inc.
             Suite 201 - 1190 Hornby Street, Vancouver, B.C. V6Z 2K5
         Tel: (604) 232-0394 Fax: (604) 801-5580 email: [email protected]


February 27th, 1999

Attention:        Mr. Randall Owen Walrond

RE:               iLink Telecom, Inc. & Randall Owen Walrond Consulting Contract

Dear Mr. Walrond:

This  document is to outline the terms of the  consulting  contract that Randall
Owen Walrond ("Mr.  Walrond") will  undertake on behalf of iLink  Telecom,  Inc.
Randall  Owen  Walrond  is  a  computer   consultant   specializing  in  telecom
technologies.

Mr. Walrond will act as the head of Research and Development  effective March 1,
1999.  This  contract  will be in place  for one  year.  Either  party  shall be
entitled to terminate  this  consulting  agreement by providing  the other party
with four calendar weeks written notice.

For his duties,  Mr.  Walrond will be  renumerated  a sum of $5,000 CDN per
month,  with a  management  review on a semi-annual basis.

Mr. Walrond will be expected to provide:

1. Strategic planning to iLink Telecom,  Inc.'s switching division;
2. Technical planning and the development  pro-forma cash  projections;
3. Input relating to Mergers and Acquisitions within the telecom sector;
4. Management  expertise relating to the telecom  switching,  VoIP, and pre-paid
card  divisions;
5. The hiring and staffing of iLink  Telecom,  Inc.'s  telecom division;
6. Be current in the technologies relating to iLink Telecom, Inc. and
the telecom  industry as a whole;
7. Oversee the iLink  Telecom,  Inc.  Calgary operation,  and ensure it is
running in an  effective  manner;  and,
8.  Provide sales support for the telecom switching division.

Mr. Walrond is declaring that he also has a consulting  agreement with Telephony
Experts of Los Angeles, California.

A signed copy of this document signifies acceptance of these terms.





Amar Bahadoorsingh                            Randall Owen Walrond
President



                               iLink Telecom, Inc.
             Suite 201 - 1190 Hornby Street, Vancouver, B.C. V6Z 2K5
         Tel: (604) 232-0394 Fax: (604) 801-5580 email: [email protected]


February 27th, 1999

Attention:        Mr. Amar Bahadoorsingh, President, Devmar Holdings Ltd.

RE:               iLink Telecom, Inc. & Devmar Holdings Ltd. Management Contract

Dear Mr. Bahadoorsingh:

This  document is to outline the terms of the  management  contract  that Devmar
Holdings Ltd. ("Devmar") will undertake on behalf of iLink Telecom,  Inc. Devmar
Holdings Ltd. is a wholly owned holding corporation owned by Mr. Bahadoorsingh.


Mr.  Bahadoorsingh will act as Director,  President and Chief Executive Officer,
effective April 1, 1999.  This contract will be in place for five years.  Either
party shall be entitled to terminate this consulting  agreement by providing the
other party with four calendar weeks written notice.

For this,  Devmar  will be  remunerated  a sum of $5,000 USD per month plus GST,
with a management review on a semi-annual basis.

Devmar will be expected to provide:

1.       Strategic planning to iLink Telecom, Inc.;
2.       Financial planning and development pro-forma cash projections;
3.       Expertise relating to Mergers and Acquisitions;
4.       Management expertise;
5.       The hiring and staffing of iLink Telecom, Inc.;
6.       Mr. Bahadoorsingh acting as a director of iLink Telecom, Inc.;
7.       Assembling a Board of Directors for iLink Telecom, Inc.;
8.       Developing a corporate hierarchy for iLink Telecom, Inc.;
9.       Provide direction for the corporate governance of iLink Telecom, Inc.;
         and,
10.      Utilize the funds within iLink  Telecom,  Inc. to develop a business
         that is parallel to the business plan and business model that iLink has
         created.

Mr.  Bahadoorsingh  is declaring that he also has similar  consulting  agreement
with two private organizations in unrelated fields.

A signed copy of this document signifies acceptance of these terms.





Peter Shriber                                 Devmar Holdings Ltd.
Director                                      Per: Amar Bahadoorsingh, President



                    GULF ATLANTIC PUBLISHING, INC. AGREEMENT


         This GULF ATLANTIC  PUBLISHING,  INC.  Agreement (the  "Agreement")  is
entered into on this 22nd day of March, 1999, between Gulf Atlantic  Publishing,
Inc.,  a  Florida  corporation  ("GAP"),  and  iLink  Telecom,   Inc.  a  Nevada
corporation ("Client").

         Whereas,   GAP  is  in  the  business  of  planning,   developing   and
implementing  advertising,  marketing and promotional campaigns for corporations
and other business entities ("Advertising and Promotional Services");

         Whereas,  the Client  desires to retain GAP to provide the  Advertising
and  Promotional  Services,  and GAP  desires to provide  such  Advertising  and
Promotional Services to Client, pursuant to the terms, conditions and provisions
contained in this Agreement;

         Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises  contained
herein and other good and valuable  consideration the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound
hereby, agree as follows:

         1. Advertising and Promotional Services. Subject to Client's compliance
with each of the  representations,  warranties and covenants and agreements made
by Client in this Agreement, GAP agrees to provide to Client the Advertising and
Promotional  Services  identified  on  Exhibit A which is  attached  hereto  and
incorporated  herein by  reference,  for the period  commencing on the latter of
(the "Effective Date") the date that this Agreement is executed and delivered by
Client or the date that GAP receives  payment of its fees as herein provided and
expiring on the 365th day following the effective  date of this  Agreement  (the
"Term").

         2. Obligations and  Responsibilities  of Client.  As of the date hereof
and during the Term of this Agreement, Client agrees as follows.

1.       Representation and Warranties.

    Client represents and warrants to GAP that:

          (1)  Organization.  Client is a corporation  duly  organized,  validly
     existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of its
     incorporation  and  it is  duly  qualified  to  do  business  as a  foreign
     corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in which it owns or leases  property or
     engages in business.

          (2) Formal  Action.  Client has the  corporate  power and authority to
     execute and deliver this  Agreement and to perform each of its  obligations
     hereunder and this  Agreement  has been duly approved by Client's  Board of
     Directors.

<PAGE>


          (3) Valid and Binding Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed
     and  delivered by Client and is the valid and binding  obligation of Client
     enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

          (4) No Violation.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this
     Agreement  does not and will not violate any  provisions  of the charter or
     bylaws  of  Client  or any  agreement  to  which  Client  is a party or any
     applicable law or regulation or order or decree of any court, arbitrator or
     agency of government and no action of, or filing with, any  governmental or
     public body or  authority  is required in  connection  with the  execution,
     delivery or performance of this Agreement.

          (5)  Litigation.  No action,  suit or proceeding is pending against or
     affecting the Client or any of its properties before any court,  arbitrator
     or  governmental  body or  administrative  agency  and none of the  persons
     owning  beneficially or of record more than 10% of the outstanding  capital
     stock of the  Client or any of the  directors  or  officers  of Client is a
     party to any action,  suit or proceeding before any federal or state court,
     arbitrator  or  governmental  body or  administrative  agency  (other  than
     routine traffic violations) and no such person has been a party to any such
     proceedings for more than the past five years.

          (6) Accuracy of Information.  The  information  furnished by Client to
     GAP regarding  the business,  operations,  financial  condition,  including
     financial statements, business plans and biographical information regarding
     the  Client's  directors  and  officers  (collectively  referred  to as the
     "Information  Package") is complete  and accurate in all material  respects
     and does not contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
     state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order
     to make the statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances under which
     they were made not misleading.

2.       Covenants and Agreements.

          Client covenants and agrees to comply with the following covenants:

          (1) Client  Certification.  Client acknowledges that it is responsible
     for the accuracy and  completeness of the  Information  Package and for all
     other information furnished to GAP and for the accuracy and completeness of
     the contents of all materials  prepared by GAP for and on behalf of Client.
     The Client hereby  designates the individuals  listed on Exhibit B attached
     hereto  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference  as  the  duly  authorized
     representatives of Client for purposes of certifying to GAP the accuracy of
     all documents, advertisements or other materials prepared by GAP for and on
     behalf of Client.  The Client  agrees to promptly  advise GAP in writing of
     any condition,  event, circumstance or act that would constitute a material
     adverse change in the business, properties, financial condition or business
     prospects  of the  Client  or  which  would  make  any  of the  information
     contained in the Information Package or in any report, advertorial or other
     document  prepared  by GAP for and on behalf of  Client  misleading  in any
     material  respect.  Client  hereby  agrees  that  GAP  and  its  directors,
     officers,  agents and employees may rely on the Information  Package and on

<PAGE>


     all  other  information   furnished  by  Client,  and  on  each  and  every
     certification provided by an authorized representative of Client, until GAP
     is advised in writing by an  authorized  representative  of Client that the
     information  previously furnished to GAP is inaccurate or incomplete in any
     material respect.  Client acknowledges that GAP shall have no obligation to
     provide services hereunder until it has received a written certificate from
     an authorized representative of Client as follows: GAP shall prepare proofs
     and/or  tapes of the agreed  upon  materials  and  information,  as set for
     dissemination,  for the Client's  review and approval and Client shall sign
     and return such  materials  marking all  corrections  and changes  that the
     Client believes  appropriate.  Client  acknowledges that GAP will make oral
     representations based on the information furnished hereunder and the Client
     authorizes such representations.

          (2) Books and Records.  Client shall maintain true and complete books,
     records and accounts in which true and correct entries shall be made of its
     transactions in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
     consistently applied ("GAAP").

          (3) Financial and Other  Information.  Client agrees to furnish to GAP
     the following information:

               (i) Annual Financial Statements.  As soon as practicable,  and in
          any event within 90 days after the close of the Client's  fiscal year,
          annual  financial  statements  including  a balance  sheet,  an income
          statement, a statement of cash flows, and a statement of stockholder's
          equity,  and all notes thereto  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP and
          audited by an independent certified public accountant.

               (ii) Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as practicable,  and
          in any event  within 45 days  after  the end of each  fiscal  quarter,
          quarterly financial statements, including a balance sheet, a quarterly
          and year-to-date  income  statement,  a statement of cash flows, and a
          statement of  stockholder's  equity,  prepared by Client in accordance
          with GAAP and  certified  by the  chief  financial  officer  and chief
          executive  officer of Client as fairly  presenting,  subject to normal
          year-end audit adjustments,  the Client's financial position as of and
          for the periods indicated.

          (4) GAP Reliance on Client's Full Disclosure.  Client will provide, or
     cause to be provided,  to GAP all financial and other information requested
     by GAP  for  the  purpose  of  rendering  its  services  pursuant  to  this
     Agreement.   Client   recognizes  and  confirms  that  GAP  will  use  such
     information  in  performing  the services  contemplated  by this  Agreement
     without  independently  verifying  such  information  and that GAP does not
     assume  any  responsibility  for  the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
     information.  The  persons  executing  this  Agreement  on behalf of Client
     certify  that  there is no fact known to them  which  materially  adversely
     affects or may (so far as the Client's senior management can now reasonably
     foresee) materially  adversely affect the business,  properties,  condition
     (financial or other) or operations  (present or  prospective) of the Client
     which has not been set forth in written  form  delivered  by Client to GAP.
     The persons  executing this Agreement on behalf of Client agree to keep GAP
     promptly  informed of any facts  hereafter know to Client which  materially
     adversely  affects or may (so far as the Client's senior management can now

<PAGE>


     reasonably foresee) materially  adversely affect the business,  properties,
     condition  (financial or other) or operations  (present or  prospective) of
     Client. (5) Legal  Representation.  Client  acknowledges and agrees that it
     has been and will continue to be, represented by legal counsel  experienced
     in corporate and securities laws and Client  acknowledges  that it has been
     advised  as to the  obligations  imposed  on it  pursuant  to such laws and
     understands that it will have the obligation and responsibility to see that
     all such  laws  are  complied  with at all  times  during  the Term of this
     Agreement.

3.   Compensation.  In consideration of the Advertising and Promotional Services
     to be performed by GAP hereunder, Client hereby agrees to compensate GAP in
     the  manner  and in the amount  specified  in  Exhibit C which is  attached
     hereto and  incorporated  herein by reference  thereto.  In addition to the
     compensation  to be paid to GAP as  provided  in  Exhibit C,  Client  shall
     reimburse GAP promptly  after a written  request  therefor  accompanied  by
     appropriate   documentation,   for  all  reasonable  (less  than  $1,00.00)
     out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  reasonable fees and  disbursements  of
     GAP's  counsel,  if any) incurred in  connection  with  providing  services
     hereunder  or to the extent  provided  in Exhibit C.

4.   Indemnity.  Client  acknowledges that it is responsible for the accuracy of
     the Information  Package and all other information  provided to GAP and for
     the contents of all materials,  advertorials and other information prepared
     by GAP for an on behalf of Client as provided  herein and Client  agrees to
     indemnify GAP in accordance with the Indemnification Agreement set forth in
     Exhibit D, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

5.   Relationship of the Parties.  This Agreement  provides for the providing of
     marketing,  promotional and  advertising  services by GAP to Client and the
     provisions  herein for  compliance  with financial  covenants,  delivery of
     financial  statements,  and similar  provisions are intended solely for the
     benefit  of GAP to  provide  it with  information  on  which it may rely in
     providing  services hereunder and nothing contained in this Agreement shall
     be  construed  as  permitting  or  obligating  GAP to act as a financial or
     business  advisor or consultant to Client,  as permitting or obligating GAP
     to  participate  in the  management  of client's  business,  as creating or
     imposing any  fiduciary  obligation  on the part of GAP with respect to the
     provisions  of  services  hereunder  and GAP  shall  have  no such  duty or
     obligation  to  client,  as  providing  or  counseling  Client  as  to  the
     compliance  by Client  with any federal or state  securities  or other laws
     effecting the services to be provided  hereunder,  or as creating any joint
     venture,  agency, or other  relationship  between the parties other than as
     explicitly  and   specifically   stated  in  this  Agreement.   The  Client
     acknowledges  that it has had the  opportunity  to  obtain  the  advice  of
     experienced  counsel of its own choosing in connection with the negotiation
     and execution of this  Agreement,  the provision of services  hereunder and
     with  respect  to  all  matters   contained  herein,   including,   without
     limitation, the provisions of Section 4 hereof.

6.   Survival of Certain  Provisions.  The Client's  obligations to pay the fees
     and expenses of GAP pursuant to Section 3 of this  Agreement  and to comply
     with the  indemnification  provisions  pursuant  to Section 4 shall  remain

<PAGE>


     operative  and in full force and effect  regardless of any  termination  of
     this  Agreement and shall be binding  upon,  and shall inure to the benefit
     of, GAP and, in the case of the indemnity agreement,  the persons,  agents,
     employees,  officers,  directors and controlling persons referred to in the
     Indemnification  Agreement, and their respective successors and assigns and
     heirs,  and no other  person  shall  acquire or have any right  under or by
     virtue of this  Agreement.  All  amounts  paid or required to be paid under
     Sections 3 and 4 of this  Agreement  shall be fully earned on the Effective
     Date of this Agreement notwithstanding prior termination of this Agreement.

7.   Termination.  GAP shall have the right in its sole and absolute  discretion
     to terminate its obligations  hereunder and to immediately  cease providing
     Advertising and Promotional  Services pursuant to this Agreement if GAP, in
     the exercise of its reasonable judgment,  believes that the representations
     and  warranties  made by Client  hereunder  are  inaccurate in any material
     respect or if Client breaches any of its covenants and agreements contained
     herein or if any federal or state  governmental  agency or  instrumentality
     institutes  an  investigation  or suit against  Client or pertaining to the
     services hereunder.

8.   Non-Solicitation  Covenant.  Client  agrees  that it will not  directly  or
     indirectly  during the term of this Agreement or for three years  following
     the  termination  or expiration of this  Agreement,  either  voluntarily or
     involuntarily,  for any  reason  whatsoever,  recruit or hire or attempt to
     recruit  or  hire  any  employee  of GAP or of  any  of its  affiliates  or
     subsidiaries,   or  otherwise  induce  any  such  employees  to  leave  the
     employment of GAP or of any of its affiliates or  subsidiaries or to become
     an employee of or otherwise be  associated  with Client or any affiliate or
     subsidiary of Client.  Client  acknowledges that GAP and its affiliates and
     subsidiaries  have  invested  a  significant  amount  of time,  energy  and
     expertise  in the  training  of  their  employees  to be  able  to  provide
     Advertising and Promotional  Services and Client therefore agrees that this
     covenant is reasonable  and agrees that the breach of such covenant is very
     likely to result in  irreparable  injury to GAP,  which is  unlikely  to be
     adequately compensated by damages. Accordingly, in the event of a breach or
     threatened  breach by Client of this Section 8, GAP shall be entitled to an
     injunction restraining Client and any affiliate,  subsidiary or director or
     officer thereof from recruiting, or hiring or attempting to recruit or hire
     any  employee of GAP or of any  affiliate  or  subsidiary  of GAP.  Nothing
     herein  shall be  construed  as  prohibiting  GAP from  pursuing  any other
     remedies available to GAP for such breach or threatened  breach,  including
     recovery of damages from Client. The undertakings  herein shall survive the
     termination or cancellation of the Agreement for three years.

9.   Miscellaneous.

                  A. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Florida  applicable  to contracts  executed and performed in the
Circuit Court,  Orange County,  in the State of Florida  (without  regard to the
principles of conflicts of laws).

                  B. Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement and the Exhibits  hereto
embody the entire  agreement of the parties with respect to its subject  matter.
There are no restrictions, promises, representations,  warranties, covenants, or

<PAGE>


undertakings  other than those  expressly set forth or referred to herein.  This
Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties
with respect to its subject matter.

                  C. Amendments to be in Writing.  This Agreement may be amended
only in a writing signed by all of the parties.

                  D. No Waivers by Course of Dealing; Limited Effect of Waivers.
No waiver shall be effective  against any party unless it is in a writing signed
by  that  party.  No  course  of  dealing  and no  delay  on the  part of GAP in
exercising  its rights  shall  operate  as a waiver of that  right or  otherwise
prejudice  GAP.  GAP's  failure  to insist  upon the strict  performance  of any
provision of this  Agreement,  or to exercise  any right or remedy  available to
GAP, shall not constitute a waiver by GAP of such provision.  No specific waiver
by GAP of any specific  breach of any provision of this Agreement  shall operate
as a general  waiver of the  provision or of any other breach of the  provision.
Client shall have no right to cure any breach  except as  specifically  provided
herein.

                  E.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in multiple
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  F.  Cumulation of Rights and  Remedies.  No right or remedy of
GAP under this  Agreement  is intended to preclude any other right or remedy and
every right and remedy  shall  coexist  with every other right and remedy now or
hereafter existing, whether by contract, at law, or in equity.

                  G.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding  upon the parties and their  successors  and  assigns.
Client  shall not have any right to assign any of its rights or delegate  any of
its  obligations or  responsibilities  under this Agreement  except as expressly
stated herein.

                  H. Payment of Fees and Expenses on Enforcing Agreement. In the
event of any  dispute  between  the  parties  arising  out of or related to this
Agreement or the interpretation  thereof, at the trial level or appellate level,
the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing  party
all costs and expenses,  including  reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel
which may be incurred in connection with such  proceeding,  without  limitation,
including any costs and expenses of experts,  witnesses,  depositions  and other
costs.

                  I.  Notices.  Any notice or other  communication  required  or
permitted to be given hereunder  shall be in writing,  and shall be delivered to
the parties at the addresses set forth below (or to such other  addresses as the
parties   may  specify  by  due  notice  to  the   others).   Notices  or  other
communications  shall be effective when received at the recipient's location (or
when  delivered  to that  location  if  receipt  is  refused).  Notices or other
communications given by facsimile transmission shall be presumed received at the
time indicated in the  recipient's  automatic  acknowledgment.  Notices or other
communications  given by Federal Express or other recognized  overnight  courier

<PAGE>

service  shall be presumed  received on the following  business day.  Notices or
other communications given by certified mail, return receipt requested,  postage
prepaid, shall be presumed received 3 business days after the date of mailing.





                           Client:         iLink Telecom, Inc.
                                           1190 Hornby Street, Suite 201
                                           Vancouver, BC V6Z 2K5


                                            Attn: Amar Bahadoorsingh
                                            Fax: 604-689-5320



                           GAP:
                                            Attn:  Donald R. Philpott, President
                                            Fax:    (407) 628-0807





                  J.       Headings.  The  headings  in this  Agreement  are
intended  solely for  convenience  of reference.  They shall be given no effect
in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

                  K.  Severability.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any
provision of this Agreement shall not impair the validity or  enforceability  of
any other provision.

<PAGE>



In Witness  Whereof,  the parties have  executed  this  Agreement as of the date
first above written.


Attest:                                      iLink Telecom, Inc.



By: ------------------                       By:
                                                 ------------------------
         Secretary                               Amar Bahadoorsingh,
                                                 President

[Corporate Seal]


Attest:                                      Gulf Atlantic Publishing, Inc.


By:                                             By:
         Secretary                                  -------------------------
                                                     Donald R. Philpott,
                                                     President

[Corporate Seal]

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

                      Advertising and Promotional Services


The services to be provided are as follows:

A.   A Four-Color  Financial Sentinel - Featured  advertorial mailing of 200,000
     will be created of which a two page  advertorial  will be  dedicated to the
     Client.

B.   A Four-Color Money-World Magazine - Featured advertorial mailing of 100,000
     will be created of which a two or four page  advertorial  will be dedicated
     to the Client.

Junior Page advertorial in four separate issues of Money-World Magazine

C.   A Four-Color  Financial  Sentinel  Special  Project - Featured  advertorial
     mailing of two  editions  of 100,000  will be featured of which a four page
     advertorial will be dedicated to the Clients.

         The parties  hereto by signing this Exhibit in the space provided below
signify  their  agreement  regarding the service to be provided by GAP under the
Agreement.


                                         iLink Telecom, Inc.



                                         By:  ________________________________
                                              Amar Bahadoorsingh , President


                                        Gulf Atlantic Publishing, Inc.


                                         By:  ________________________________
                                              Donald R. Philpott, President


<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT B



Client hereby  designates  the following  person or persons to act on its behalf
for the purposes set forth in Section 2.B.(1) of the Agreement.



- ------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
DIRECTOR (PLEASE SIGN)                      DIRECTOR (PLEASE PRINT)


- ------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
PRESIDENT (PLEASE SIGN)                     PRESIDENT (PLEASE PRINT)


- ------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
VICE PRESIDENT (PLEASE SIGN)                VICE PRESIDENT (PLEASE PRINT)







<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                                  COMPENSATION



         1.  Client  agrees  to pay to GAP  One  Hundred  Ten  Thousand  Dollars
($110,000.00) in cash on execution and delivery of the Agreement.

         2. Client  acknowledges  that the consideration to be paid to GAP shall
be fully  earned on the date that GAP  commences  providing  services  under the
Agreement  regardless  of whether the Agreement is terminated as provided in the
Agreement prior to completion of all services.

         3. Client agrees to pay or reimburse  GAP for all expenses  arising out
of or related to the  provision  of services by GAP under the  Agreement  to the
extent provided in the Agreement and/or in Exhibit A thereto.


<PAGE>

         The parties  hereto by signing this Exhibit in the space provided below
signify their agreement to the compensation provisions contained herein.


                                     iLINK TELECOM, INC.


                                     By:  ___________________________
                                          Amar Bahadoorsingh , President


                                      GULF ATLANTIC PUBLISHING, INC.


                                      By: ______________________________
                                          Donald R. Philpott, President




<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D


                                 INDEMNIFICATION


         This  Indemnification  Agreement  constitutes part of the Gulf Atlantic
Publishing,  Inc.  Agreement (the Agreement) dated the 22nd day of March,  1999,
between Client (as defined in the Agreement) and GAP.

         Client acknowledges and agrees that if, in connection with the services
or matters that are the subject of or arise out of such  Agreement,  GAP becomes
involved  (whether  or not as a named  party)  in any  action,  claim  or  legal
proceeding (including any governmental inquiry or investigation),  Client agrees
to reimburse GAP for its  reasonable  legal fees,  disbursements  of counsel and
other expenses (including the cost of investigation and preparation) as they are
incurred by GAP.  Client also agrees to indemnify and hold GAP harmless  against
any losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities,  joint or several, as incurred, to
which GAP may become  subject in  connection  with the services or matters which
are the subject of or arise out of the Agreement; provided, however, that Client
shall not be liable under the foregoing indemnity in respect of any loss, claim,
damage or liability to the extent that a court  having  jurisdiction  shall have
determined by a final judgment that such loss,  claim,  damage or liability is a
consequence  of  intentional  fraudulent  acts  committed  by  GAP  without  the
knowledge and/or consent of Client. In the event that the foregoing indemnity is
unavailable by operation of law, then Client shall contribute to amounts paid or
payable by GAP in respect of such losses, claims, damages and liabilities in the
proportion  that  Client's  interest  bears to  GAP's  interest  in the  matters
contemplated  by the Agreement.  If,  however,  the  allocation  provided by the
immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, or otherwise,
then  Client  shall  contribute  to such  amount  paid or payable by GAP in such
proportion as is  appropriate  to reflect not only such  relative  interests but
also the  relative  fault of Client on the one hand and GAP on the other hand in
connection  with the  matters  as to  which  such  losses,  claims,  damages  or
liabilities relate and other equitable considerations.

         Promptly  after  GAP's  receipt  of notice of the  commencement  of any
action or of any claim,  GAP will,  if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made
against Client under this Indemnity Agreement, notify Client of the commencement
thereof. In case any such action or claim is brought against GAP, Client will be
entitled to  participate  therein  and,  to the extent that Client may wish,  to
assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to GAP. After notice from
Client to GAP of Client's election to so assume the defense thereof, Client will
not be liable to GAP for  indemnification as provided in the preceding paragraph
for any legal  fees,  disbursements  of counsel or other  expenses  subsequently
incurred by GAP in connection  with the defense  thereof  other than  reasonable
costs of  investigation;  provided  that GAP  shall  have  the  right to  employ
separate  counsel  if,  in the  reasonable  judgment  of  GAP's  counsel,  it is
advisable for GAP to be represented by separate  counsel or if in the reasonable
judgment of GAP's  counsel,  Client is not  vigorously  and  actively  defending

<PAGE>


against any such claim or claims,  and in either such event the reasonable legal
fees and disbursements of such separate counsel shall be paid by Client.

         The  foregoing  agreements  shall  apply  to  any  modification  of the
Agreement,  shall remain in full force and effect  following  the  completion or
termination of GAP's  engagement under the Agreement and shall be in addition to
any rights that GAP may have at common law or otherwise.  The agreements in this
Indemnification  Agreement  shall  extend  to and inure to the  benefit  of each
person,  if any,  who may be deemed to control GAP, be  controlled  by GAP or be
under  common  control  with GAP and to GAP's,  and to each such other  person's
respective  affiliates,   directors,   officers,   employees  and  agents.  This
Indemnification Agreement shall be binding on any successor of Client.

         Client represents that the  Indemnification  Agreement contained herein
is the legal, valid, binding and enforceable  obligation of Client,  enforceable
against Client according to its terms.

         This  Indemnification  Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance  with, the laws of the State of Florida  without regard to principles
of conflicts of law, and the forum for  resolution  of legal and  interpretative
issues shall be the Federal District courts in the State of Florida.

         The parties  hereto by signing this Exhibit in the space provided below
signify their agreement to the indemnification provisions contained herein.


                                       iLink Telecom, Inc.


                                        By:
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Amar Bahadoorsingh, President


                                       Gulf Atlantic Publishing, Inc. .


                                        By:
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Donald R. Philpott, President




<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT E

                            ADDITIONAL SERVICE OPTION





1. Client has the option to purchase the following additional services from GAP:


                  A  Two-Color  Financial  Sentinel  Special  Project - Featured
                  advertorial  mailing  of  two  editions  of  150,000  will  be
                  featured of which a four page advertorial will be dedicated to
                  the Client.

                  The first  mailing  of  150,000  will take place no later than
                  twenty-four  (24) days from date Client exercises this option.
                  The second  mailing  of 150,000  will take place no later than
                  fifty-four (54) days from date Client exercises this option.

2.                Client  will  inform GAP no later that July 15, 1999 of intent
                  to exercise this option.  Compensation for this option will be
                  $225,000.00 paid in two equal  installments on October 1st and
                  November 1st, 1999.




                          CORPORATE RELATIONS AGREEMENT

         This Corporate Relations Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into on
this 22nd day of March, 1999, between Corporate Relations Group, Inc., a Florida
corporation ("CRG"), and iLink Telecom, Inc. a Nevada corporation ("Client").

         Whereas,   CRG  is  in  the  business  of  planning,   developing   and
implementing  advertising,  marketing and promotional campaigns for corporations
and other business entities ("Advertising and Promotional Services");

         Whereas,  the Client  desires to retain CRG to provide the  Advertising
and  Promotional  Services,  and CRG  desires to provide  such  Advertising  and
Promotional Services to Client, pursuant to the terms, conditions and provisions
contained in this Agreement;

         Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises  contained
herein and other good and valuable  consideration the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound
hereby, agree as follows:

         1. Advertising and Promotional Services. Subject to Client's compliance
with each of the  representations,  warranties and covenants and agreements made
by Client in this Agreement, CRG agrees to provide to Client the Advertising and
Promotional  Services  identified  on  Exhibit A which is  attached  hereto  and
incorporated  herein by  reference,  for the period  commencing on the latter of
(the "Effective Date") the date that this Agreement is executed and delivered by
Client or the date that CRG receives  payment of its fees as herein provided and
expiring on the 365th day following the effective  date of this  Agreement  (the
"Term").

         2. Obligations and  Responsibilities  of Client.  As of the date hereof
and during the Term of this Agreement, Client agrees as follows.

          1.   Representation and Warranties.

         Client represents and warrants to CRG that:

               (1) Organization. Client is a corporation duly organized, validly
          existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  State of its
          incorporation  and it is duly  qualified  to do  business as a foreign
          corporation in each  jurisdiction  in which it owns or leases property
          or engages in business.

               (2) Formal Action.  Client has the corporate  power and authority
          to execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and to perform  each of its
          obligations  hereunder  and this  Agreement  has been duly approved by
          Client's Board of Directors.

<PAGE>


               (3) Valid and Binding  Agreement.  This  Agreement  has been duly
          executed  and  delivered  by  Client  and is  the  valid  and  binding
          obligation of Client  enforceable  against it in  accordance  with its
          terms.

               (4) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance of this
          Agreement  does not and will not violate any provisions of the charter
          or bylaws of Client or any agreement to which Client is a party or any
          applicable  law or  regulation  or  order  or  decree  of  any  court,
          arbitrator or agency of  government  and no action of, or filing with,
          any governmental or public body or authority is required in connection
          with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement.

               (5) Litigation.  No action, suit or proceeding is pending against
          or  affecting  the Client or any of its  properties  before any court,
          arbitrator or governmental body or  administrative  agency and none of
          the  persons  owning  beneficially  or of record  more than 10% of the
          outstanding  capital  stock of the Client or any of the  directors  or
          officers of Client is a party to any action, suit or proceeding before
          any  federal  or  state  court,  arbitrator  or  governmental  body or
          administrative  agency (other than routine traffic  violations) and no
          such person has been a party to any such proceedings for more than the
          past five years.

               (6) Accuracy of Information.  The information furnished by Client
          to  CRG  regarding  the  business,  operations,  financial  condition,
          including  financial  statements,   business  plans  and  biographical
          information    regarding   the   Client's   directors   and   officers
          (collectively  referred to as the  "Information  Package") is complete
          and accurate in all material  respects and does not contain any untrue
          statement  of a  material  fact or omit to  state  any  material  fact
          required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  in  order to make the
          statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they
          were made not misleading.

                    2.   Covenants and Agreements.

                  Client  covenants  and  agrees  to comply  with the  following
covenants:

               (1)  Client   Certification.   Client  acknowledges  that  it  is
          responsible  for the  accuracy  and  completeness  of the  Information
          Package  and for all other  information  furnished  to CRG and for the
          accuracy and completeness of the contents of all materials prepared by
          CRG for and on behalf of Client.  The  Client  hereby  designates  the
          individuals  listed on  Exhibit B  attached  hereto  and  incorporated
          herein by reference as the duly authorized  representatives  of Client
          for  purposes of  certifying  to CRG the  accuracy  of all  documents,
          advertisements or other materials prepared by CRG for and on behalf of
          Client.  The Client  agrees to  promptly  advise CRG in writing of any
          condition, event, circumstance or act that would constitute a material
          adverse  change in the business,  properties,  financial  condition or
          business  prospects  of the  Client  or  which  would  make any of the
          information  contained  in the  Information  Package or in any report,
          advertorial  or other  document  prepared  by CRG for and on behalf of
          Client misleading in any material  respect.  Client hereby agrees that
          CRG and its directors,  officers, agents and employees may rely on the
          Information Package and on all other information  furnished by Client,

<PAGE>


          and  on  each  and  every  certification  provided  by  an  authorized
          representative  of  Client,  until CRG is  advised  in  writing  by an
          authorized  representative  of Client that the information  previously
          furnished to CRG is inaccurate or incomplete in any material  respect.
          Client  acknowledges  that CRG shall  have no  obligation  to  provide
          services hereunder until it has received a written certificate from an
          authorized  representative  of Client as  follows:  CRG shall  prepare
          proofs and/or tapes of the agreed upon materials and  information,  as
          set for dissemination, for the Client's review and approval and Client
          shall sign and return  such  materials  marking  all  corrections  and
          changes that the Client believes appropriate. Client acknowledges that
          CRG will make oral representations  based on the information furnished
          hereunder and the Client authorizes such representations.

               (2) Books and Records.  Client shall  maintain  true and complete
          books, records and accounts in which true and correct entries shall be
          made  of  its  transactions  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
          accounting principles consistently applied ("GAAP").

               (3) Financial and Other Information.  Client agrees to furnish to
          CRG the following information:

                    (i)  Annual  Financial  Statements.  As soon as practicable,
                         and in any event  within 90 days after the close of the
                         Client's  fiscal  year,  annual  financial   statements
                         including  a  balance  sheet,  an income  statement,  a
                         statement   of  cash   flows,   and  a   statement   of
                         stockholder's equity, and all notes thereto prepared in
                         accordance  with  GAAP and  audited  by an  independent
                         certified public accountant.

                    (ii) Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as practicable,
                         and in any event  within 45 days  after the end of each
                         fiscal   quarter,   quarterly   financial   statements,
                         including a balance sheet, a quarterly and year-to-date
                         income  statement,  a statement  of cash  flows,  and a
                         statement of stockholder's  equity,  prepared by Client
                         in  accordance  with  GAAP and  certified  by the chief
                         financial officer and chief executive officer of Client
                         as fairly presenting,  subject to normal year-end audit
                         adjustments,  the Client's financial position as of and
                         for the periods indicated.

               (4) CRG  Reliance  on  Clients's  Full  Disclosure.  Client  will
          provide,  or cause to be  provided,  to CRG all  financial  and  other
          information requested by CRG for the purpose of rendering its services
          pursuant to this  Agreement.  Client  recognizes and confirms that CRG
          will use such  information in performing the services  contemplated by
          this Agreement  without  independently  verifying such information and
          that  CRG does not  assume  any  responsibility  for the  accuracy  or
          completeness of such information. The persons executing this Agreement
          on behalf of Client  certify that there is no fact known to them which
          materially  adversely  affects or may (so far as the  Client's  senior
          management can now reasonably foresee) materially adversely affect the
          business,  properties,  condition  (financial  or other) or operations
          (present or prospective) of the Client which has not been set forth in
          written form  delivered by Client to CRG. The persons  executing  this
          Agreement on behalf of Client  agree to keep CRG promptly  informed of
          any facts hereafter know to Client which materially  adversely affects

<PAGE>


          or may (so far as the Client's  senior  management  can now reasonably
          foresee)  materially   adversely  affect  the  business,   properties,
          condition  (financial or other) or operations (present or prospective)
          of Client.

               (5) Legal Representation.  Client acknowledges and agrees that it
          has  been and  will  continue  to be,  represented  by  legal  counsel
          experienced in corporate and securities  laws and Client  acknowledges
          that it has been advised as to the obligations  imposed on it pursuant
          to such  laws and  understands  that it will have the  obligation  and
          responsibility  to see  that all such  laws are  complied  with at all
          times during the Term of this Agreement.

     3.  Compensation.  In  consideration  of the  Advertising  and  Promotional
Services to be performed by CRG  hereunder,  Client  hereby agrees to compensate
CRG in the  manner and in the amount  specified  in Exhibit C which is  attached
hereto  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference  thereto.  In  addition  to the
compensation  to be paid to CRG as provided in Exhibit C, Client shall reimburse
CRG  promptly  after a  written  request  therefor  accompanied  by  appropriate
documentation,  for all reasonable (less than $1,000.00)  out-of-pocket expenses
(including  reasonable fees and disbursements of CRG's counsel, if any) incurred
in connection  with providing  services  hereunder or to the extent  provided in
Exhibit C.

     4. Indemnity.  Client  acknowledges that it is responsible for the accuracy
of the Information Package and all other information provided to CRG and for the
contents of all materials,  advertorials and other  information  prepared by CRG
for an on behalf of Client as provided herein and Client agrees to indemnify CRG
in accordance with the  Indemnification  Agreement set forth in Exhibit D, which
is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

     5. Relationship of the Parties.  This Agreement  provides for the providing
of  marketing,  promotional  and  advertising  services by CRG to Client and the
provisions herein for compliance with financial covenants, delivery of financial
statements, and similar provisions are intended solely for the benefit of CRG to
provide it with information on which it may rely in providing services hereunder
and nothing  contained in this  Agreement  shall be construed as  permitting  or
obligating  CRG to act as a  financial  or  business  advisor or  consultant  to
Client,  as permitting or obligating  CRG to  participate  in the  management of
client's business,  as creating or imposing any fiduciary obligation on the part
of CRG with respect to the  provisions of services  hereunder and CRG shall have
no such duty or  obligation to client,  as providing or counseling  Client as to
the  compliance  by Client  with any federal or state  securities  or other laws
effecting  the  services to be  provided  hereunder,  or as  creating  any joint
venture,  agency,  or other  relationship  between  the  parties  other  than as
explicitly and specifically  stated in this Agreement.  The Client  acknowledges
that it has had the  opportunity to obtain the advice of experienced  counsel of
its own  choosing in  connection  with the  negotiation  and  execution  of this
Agreement,  the provision of services  hereunder and with respect to all matters
contained herein,  including,  without  limitation,  the provisions of Section 4
hereof.

     6. Survival of Certain Provisions. The Client's obligations to pay the fees
and expenses of CRG pursuant to Section 3 of this  Agreement  and to comply with
the indemnification  provisions pursuant to Section 4 shall remain operative and

<PAGE>


in full force and effect  regardless of any  termination  of this  Agreement and
shall be binding  upon,  and shall inure to the benefit of, CRG and, in the case
of the indemnity agreement, the persons, agents, employees,  officers, directors
and controlling persons referred to in the Indemnification  Agreement, and their
respective  successors and assigns and heirs,  and no other person shall acquire
or have any right  under or by virtue of this  Agreement.  All  amounts  paid or
required to be paid under Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement shall be fully
earned on the Effective Date of this Agreement notwithstanding prior termination
of this Agreement.

     7.  Termination.  CRG  shall  have  the  right  in its  sole  and  absolute
discretion  to terminate its  obligations  hereunder  and to  immediately  cease
providing  Advertising  and Promotional  Services  pursuant to this Agreement if
CRG,  in  the  exercise  of  its   reasonable   judgment,   believes   that  the
representations  and warranties  made by Client  hereunder are inaccurate in any
material  respect or if Client  breaches  any of its  covenants  and  agreements
contained   herein  or  if  any   federal  or  state   governmental   agency  or
instrumentality institutes an investigation or suit against Client or pertaining
to the services hereunder.

     8.  Non-Solicitation  Covenant.  Client agrees that it will not directly or
indirectly  during the term of this  Agreement or for three years  following the
termination   or   expiration  of  this   Agreement,   either   voluntarily   or
involuntarily,  for any reason whatsoever, recruit or hire or attempt to recruit
or hire any  employee of CRG or of any of its  affiliates  or  subsidiaries,  or
otherwise  induce any such employees to leave the employment of CRG or of any of
its  affiliates  or  subsidiaries  or to become an employee of or  otherwise  be
associated  with  Client  or any  affiliate  or  subsidiary  of  Client.  Client
acknowledges  that CRG and its  affiliates  and  subsidiaries  have  invested  a
significant  amount of time,  energy  and  expertise  in the  training  of their
employees to be able to provide Advertising and Promotional  Services and Client
therefore  agrees that this covenant is reasonable and agrees that the breach of
such covenant is very likely to result in  irreparable  injury to CRG,  which is
unlikely to be adequately compensated by damages. Accordingly, in the event of a
breach or  threatened  breach by Client of this Section 8, CRG shall be entitled
to an injunction restraining Client and any affiliate, subsidiary or director or
officer thereof from recruiting,  or hiring or attempting to recruit or hire any
employee of CRG or of any affiliate or subsidiary of CRG.  Nothing  herein shall
be construed as prohibiting  CRG from pursuing any other  remedies  available to
CRG for such breach or  threatened  breach,  including  recovery of damages from
Client. The undertakings herein shall survive the termination or cancellation of
the Agreement for three years.

     9. Miscellaneous.

          A.   Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of
               the  State  of  Florida  applicable  to  contracts  executed  and
               performed in the Circuit Court,  Orange  County,  in the State of
               Florida  (without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws).

          B.   Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement and the Exhibits hereto embody
               the entire  agreement  of the parties with respect to its subject
               matter.  There are no  restrictions,  promises,  representations,
               warranties, covenants, or undertakings other than those expressly
               set forth or referred to herein.  This  Agreement  supersedes all
               prior  agreements  and  understandings  between the parties  with
               respect to its subject matter.

          C.   Amendments to be in Writing.  This  Agreement may be amended only
               in a writing signed by all of the parties.

          D.   No Waivers by Course of Dealing;  Limited  Effect of Waivers.  No
               waiver  shall be  effective  against any party  unless it is in a
               writing  signed by that party.  No course of dealing and no delay
               on the part of CRG in  exercising  its rights shall  operate as a
               waiver of that right or otherwise prejudice CRG. CRG's failure to
               insist  upon the  strict  performance  of any  provision  of this
               Agreement,  or to exercise any right or remedy  available to CRG,
               shall  not  constitute  a  waiver  by CRG of such  provision.  No
               specific waiver by CRG of any specific breach of any provision of
               this Agreement shall operate as a general waiver of the provision
               or of any other  breach of the  provision.  Client  shall have no
               right to cure any breach except as specifically provided herein.

          E.   Counterparts.   This   Agreement  may  be  executed  in  multiple
               counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, but all
               of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          F.   Cumulation  of  Rights  and  Remedies.  No right or remedy of CRG
               under this  Agreement  is intended to preclude any other right or
               remedy and every right and remedy shall  coexist with every other
               right and remedy now or hereafter existing,  whether by contract,
               at law, or in equity.

          G.   Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
               of and be  binding  upon the  parties  and their  successors  and
               assigns.  Client  shall not have any  right to assign  any of its
               rights or delegate  any of its  obligations  or  responsibilities
               under this Agreement except as expressly stated herein.

          H.   Payment of Fees and Expenses on Enforcing Agreement. In the event
               of any dispute  between the parties  arising out of or related to
               this Agreement or the interpretation  thereof, at the trial level
               or appellate  level,  the  prevailing  party shall be entitled to
               recover  from the  non-prevailing  party all costs and  expenses,
               including  reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel which may
               be  incurred  in  connection   with  such   proceeding,   without
               limitation,   including   any  costs  and  expenses  of  experts,
               witnesses, depositions and other costs.

          I.   Notices. Any notice or other communication  required or permitted
               to be given hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be delivered
               to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or to such other
               addresses  as  the  parties  may  specify  by due  notice  to the
               others).  Notices or other communications shall be effective when
               received at the  recipient's  location (or when delivered to that
               location if receipt is refused).  Notices or other communications
               given by facsimile transmission shall be presumed received at the
               time  indicated  in  the  recipient's  automatic  acknowledgment.
               Notices or other communications given by Federal Express or other
               recognized  overnight  courier service shall be presumed received
               on the following  business day.  Notices or other  communications

<PAGE>


               given  by  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  postage
               prepaid,  shall be  presumed  received 3 business  days after the
               date of mailing.

                           Client:          iLink Telecom, Inc.
                                            1190 Hornby Street, Suite 201
                                            Vancouver, BC V6Z 2K5

                                            Attn: Amar Bahadoorsingh
                                            Fax: 604-689-5320



                           Corporate Relations Group:


                                            Attn:  Roberto E. Veitia, President
                                            Fax:    (407) 628-0807






          J.   Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are intended solely for
               convenience  of  reference.  They shall be given no effect in the
               construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

          K.   Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision
               of this Agreement shall not impair the validity or enforceability
               of any other provision.


<PAGE>


     In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first above written.


Attest:                                                iLink Telecom, Inc.:

By:                                               By:
         Secretary                                    --------------------
                                                      Amar Bahadoorsingh,
                                                      President

[Corporate Seal]



Attest:                                             Corporate Relations Group

By:                                                 By:
         Secretary                                     ------------------------
                                                       Roberto E. Veitia,
                                                       President

[Corporate Seal]

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                      Advertising and Promotional Services

The services to be provided are as follows:

A.   Growth Industry Report - A minimum of four-page,  two-color  follow-up mail
     pieces designed for additional  informational  purposes,  that is mailed to
     respondents,  in addition to those brokers  requesting said information.  A
     total of 10,000  will be  printed to satisfy  CRG's  responsibility  to the
     Client.  Any additional  Growth Industry Reports needed or requested by the
     Client will be at the Client's expense.

B.   The Lead  Distribution  Program - CRG will contact retail  brokers,  market
     makers   and/or  money   managers  and  will  arrange  a  meeting   between
     representative of the Client and interested retail brokers,  market makers,
     and  money  managers,  which  will  include  a show and  tell  from the top
     management of the "Client" in disseminating information to these interested
     parties. The aforementioned may be accomplished by a Road Show.

This process will begin immediately upon CRG receiving the payment as stipulated
in Exhibit "C".

C.   Other Advertising and Promotional Services.

          1.   Public  relations  exposure  to  newsletter  writers,  trade  and
               financial  publications.  The Client shall be totally responsible
               for all travel  expenses for the purpose of due  diligence of the
               Client by financial newsletter writers and/or brokers. The Client
               will have total pre-approval  rights on these trips. Road Show(s)
               - Locations to be  determined.  Client will cover all expenses of
               Road Show(s).  Client will have prior approval of those expenses.
               CRG will be responsible  for CRG's own travel expenses to support
               the show

          2.   Preparation  of a Broker  Bullet Sheet to be sent to every broker
               who indicates an interest in the Client.

          3.   Lead Tracking Summary maintained for all response leads generated
               and provided to the "Client" monthly.

          4.   Press  releases - Up to four (4) press releases - the first Press
               Release shall  announce the hiring of CRG by the  "Client";  with
               three  Press  Releases  remaining  which may be  extended  at the
               option of the  "Client",  at the Client's  expense,  at a rate of
               $1,000.00 per Press  Release.  Should the Client chose to publish
               their own Press  Release,  CRG shall be mentioned as the Client's
               Public Relations firm.

<PAGE>


          5.  CRG will distribute at its cost the due diligence packages to all
               inquiring  brokers  only.  The Client shall supply the  necessary
               materials for this package, if an Arrow Marketing Contract is not
               entered  into.  In the event an Arrow  Marketing  Contract is not
               entered into, the Client will provide CRG with 300 packages or in
               the alternative  provide a master to CRG and CRG will then charge
               the Client for the cost of reproduction.

          6.   CRG targets a minimum of 3% return of  qualified  investor  leads
               specifically generated for the Client.

D.   Performance  By Client.
          1.   Client is  required  to do a  Standard  & Poor's  listing  at the
               Client's expense.

          2.   Client is required to provide CRG with all S& P listings on their
               attorney's stationary.

          3.   Client will provide its shareholder's  with audited financials on
               a yearly basis and unaudited financials on a quarterly basis.

          4.   Client agrees to send CRG, DTC sheets on a weekly basis.

          5.   Client agrees to provide CRG with a complete shareholders list on
               a semi-annual basis.

          6.   Client  will use its  reasonable  best  efforts  to  register  or
               qualify any shares of common stock of Client under the securities
               or blue sky laws of such  jurisdictions  as any  broker or market
               maker may  reasonably  request  and do any and all other acts and
               things which may be  reasonably  necessary or advisable to enable
               such broker or market maker to consummate the disposition in such
               jurisdictions of shares of common stock of Client,  provided that
               the Client will not be required  to (1) qualify  generally  to do
               business  in any  jurisdiction  where it would not  otherwise  be
               required to qualify but for this  Section and (2) subject  itself
               to  taxation in any such  jurisdiction  or (3) consent to general
               service of process in any such jurisdiction.

<PAGE>

         The parties  hereto by signing this Exhibit in the space provided below
signify  their  agreement  regarding the service to be provided by CRG under the
Agreement.

                                          iLINK TELECOM, INC.


                                          By:  ________________________________
                                               Amar Bahadoorsingh, President


                                          CORPORATE RELATIONS GROUP, INC.


                                          By:  ________________________________
                                               Roberto E. Veitia, President


<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT B



Client hereby  designates  the following  person or persons to act on its behalf
for the purposes set forth in Section 2.B.(1) of the Agreement.



- ------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
DIRECTOR (PLEASE SIGN)                      DIRECTOR (PLEASE PRINT)


- ------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
PRESIDENT (PLEASE SIGN)                     PRESIDENT (PLEASE PRINT)


- ------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
VICE PRESIDENT (PLEASE SIGN)                VICE PRESIDENT (PLEASE PRINT)







<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C

                                  COMPENSATION



1.   Client agrees to pay CRG Forty Thousand  ($40,000.00 ) in cash on execution
     and delivery of the Agreement.


2.   Client acknowledges that the consideration to be paid to CRG shall be fully
     earned  on the  date  that  CRG  commences  providing  services  under  the
     Agreement  regardless of whether the Agreement is terminated as provided in
     the Agreement prior to completion of all services.

3.   Client  agrees to pay or reimburse  CRG for all expenses  arising out of or
     related to the  provision  of  services by CRG under the  Agreement  to the
     extent provided in the Agreement and/or in Exhibit A thereto.

<PAGE>


         The parties  hereto by signing this Exhibit in the space provided below
signify their agreement to the compensation provisions contained herein.


                                            iLINK TELECOM, INC.


                                            By: _______________________________
                                                Amar Bahadoorsingh, President


                                            CORPORATE RELATIONS GROUP, INC.


                                            By:  ______________________________
                                                 Roberto E. Veitia, President




<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D


                                 INDEMNIFICATION


         This  Indemnification  Agreement  constitutes  part  of  the  Corporate
Relations  Agreement (the Agreement) dated the 22nd day of March,  1999, between
Client (as defined in the Agreement) and CRG.

         Client acknowledges and agrees that if, in connection with the services
or matters that are the subject of or arise out of such  Agreement,  CRG becomes
involved  (whether  or not as a named  party)  in any  action,  claim  or  legal
proceeding (including any governmental inquiry or investigation),  Client agrees
to reimburse CRG for its  reasonable  legal fees,  disbursements  of counsel and
other expenses (including the cost of investigation and preparation) as they are
incurred by CRG.  Client also agrees to indemnify and hold CRG harmless  against
any losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities,  joint or several, as incurred, to
which CRG may become  subject in  connection  with the services or matters which
are the subject of or arise out of the Agreement; provided, however, that Client
shall not be liable under the foregoing indemnity in respect of any loss, claim,
damage or liability to the extent that a court  having  jurisdiction  shall have
determined by a final judgment that such loss,  claim,  damage or liability is a
consequence  of  intentional  fraudulent  acts  committed  by  CRG  without  the
knowledge and/or consent of Client. In the event that the foregoing indemnity is
unavailable by operation of law, then Client shall contribute to amounts paid or
payable by CRG in respect of such losses, claims, damages and liabilities in the
proportion  that  Client's  interest  bears to  CRG's  interest  in the  matters
contemplated  by the Agreement.  If,  however,  the  allocation  provided by the
immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, or otherwise,
then  Client  shall  contribute  to such  amount  paid or payable by CRG in such
proportion as is  appropriate  to reflect not only such  relative  interests but
also the  relative  fault of Client on the one hand and CRG on the other hand in
connection  with the  matters  as to  which  such  losses,  claims,  damages  or
liabilities relate and other equitable considerations.

         Promptly  after  CRG's  receipt  of notice of the  commencement  of any
action or of any claim,  CRG will,  if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made
against Client under this Indemnity Agreement, notify Client of the commencement
thereof. In case any such action or claim is brought against CRG, Client will be
entitled to  participate  therein  and,  to the extent that Client may wish,  to
assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to CRG. After notice from
Client to CRG of Client's election to so assume the defense thereof, Client will
not be liable to CRG for  indemnification as provided in the preceding paragraph
for any legal  fees,  disbursements  of counsel or other  expenses  subsequently
incurred by CRG in connection  with the defense  thereof  other than  reasonable
costs of  investigation;  provided  that CRG  shall  have  the  right to  employ
separate  counsel  if,  in the  reasonable  judgment  of  CRG's  counsel,  it is
advisable for CRG to be represented by separate  counsel or if in the reasonable
judgment of CRG's  counsel,  Client is not  vigorously  and  actively  defending

<PAGE>


against any such claim or claims,  and in either such event the reasonable legal
fees and disbursements of such separate counsel shall be paid by Client.

         The  foregoing  agreements  shall  apply  to  any  modification  of the
Agreement,  shall remain in full force and effect  following  the  completion or
termination of CRG's  engagement under the Agreement and shall be in addition to
any rights that CRG may have at common law or otherwise.  The agreements in this
Indemnification  Agreement  shall  extend  to and inure to the  benefit  of each
person,  if any,  who may be deemed to control CRG, be  controlled  by CRG or be
under  common  control  with CRG and to CRG's,  and to each such other  person's
respective  affiliates,   directors,   officers,   employees  and  agents.  This
Indemnification Agreement shall be binding on any successor of Client.

         Client represents that the  Indemnification  Agreement contained herein
is the legal, valid, binding and enforceable  obligation of Client,  enforceable
against Client according to its terms.

         This  Indemnification  Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance  with, the laws of the State of Florida  without regard to principles
of conflicts of law, and the forum for  resolution  of legal and  interpretative
issues shall be the Federal District courts in the State of Florida.

         The parties  hereto by signing this Exhibit in the space provided below
signify their agreement to the indemnification provisions contained herein.


                                        iLINK TELECOM, INC.


                                        By: ---------------------------------
                                            Amar Bahadoorsingh, President


                                        CORPORATE RELATIONS GROUP, INC.


                                         By: --------------------------------
                                             Roberto E. Veitia, President



DELIVERED BY COURIER                                    CONFIDENTIAL


March 25, 1999

ILINK TELECOM, INC.
Suite 201, 1190 Hornby Street
Vancouver, British Columbia  V6Z 2K5
Canada

Attention:  Mr. Amar Bahadoorsingh, President

Dear Sirs:

         Re:      iLink Telecom, Inc.

This letter  agreement  (the  "Agreement")  sets forth the terms and  conditions
under which iLink Telecom,  Inc. (the  "Company") has retained  Century  Capital
Management  Ltd.  ("Century"):  (i)  to  act  as  its  financial  consultant  in
connection  with financing  alternatives  (a  "Financing")  of debt or equity or
equity-related  securities  (the  "Securities")  on a best efforts  basis and in
compliance with all applicable securities laws; and (ii) to act as its financial
consultant  with  respect  to  the  Company's  various  merger  and  acquisition
activities   (herein   defined  either   individually   or  collectively  as  an
"Acquisition").

1.   Century  will  assist  the  Company  in  effecting  a  Financing  on  terms
     acceptable  to  you.  In this  regard,  we  propose  to  undertake  certain
     activities on your behalf, including, if appropriate, the following:

(a)  assisting  the  Company  in   initiating   discussions   with   prospective
     Acquisition targets ("Targets");

(b)  reviewing  the  financial  condition  and  prospects  of Targets  including
     assisting the Company in its due diligence efforts;

(c)  assisting the Company in developing  alternative  structures  and financial
     models;

(d)  consulting  with the  Company as to strategy  and tactics for  successfully
     completing the Acquisition;

(e)  assisting  the  Company  in  negotiating  the terms and  conditions  of the
     Acquisition;

(f)  assisting in the execution of definitive documentation for the Acquisition;

(g)  advising the Company as to the form and structure of the Financing;

(h)  assisting  in  the  preparation  of  a  Private  Offering  Memorandum  (the
     "Memorandum")   describing   the   Company  and  the   specific   Financing
     contemplated  therein.  Responsibility  for the contents of such Memorandum
     and its conformity with the requirements of all applicable  securities laws
     shall be solely that of the Company,  and the Memorandum  shall not be made
     available to or used in discussions with  prospective  investors until both
     the  Memorandum  and its use for that  purpose  have been  approved  by the
     Company;

<PAGE>

(i)  identifying,  introducing  to, and consulting as to strategy for initiating
     discussions with, potential investors;

(j)  negotiating the structure and terms of the Securities; and

(k) assisting in the execution of definitive documentation for the Financing.

2.   It is  acknowledged  by the  Company  that  neither  Century nor any of its
     representatives   are  registered   with  or  licensed  by  any  securities
     commission or like authority as an underwriter, broker, dealer or financial
     advisor  and that the  services  to be  provided  by Century to the Company
     hereunder shall expressly not include trading in the Securities  (either as
     principal or agent),  participating  in a  distribution  of the  Securities
     which is not exempted from the requirements of applicable  securities laws,
     or engaging in or professing  to engage in the business of advising  others
     with respect to a purchase or sale of the Securities.

3.   It is  understood  that  the  Company  hereby  engages  Century  to  act as
     financial  consultant  in  connection  with the Financing for a period (the
     "Term")  of  twelve  months  commencing  on  the  execution  date  of  this
     Agreement, provided, however, that such Term shall be automatically renewed
     for  successive  six-month  periods unless either party gives notice to the
     other within  thirty (30) days of the  expiration of the Term of its desire
     that this engagement expire.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Century may at
     its sole option,  terminate its obligation  hereunder if, in the opinion of
     Century, a change has occurred in the Company's  business or prospects,  or
     the  composition of the Company's  management or Board of Directors,  which
     has adversely affected the marketability of the Securities. It is expressly
     understood that the provisions relating to the payment of fees and expenses
     and  indemnification  will survive any such  termination  or  completion of
     Century's services.

4.   Century's  compensation  for its role as  financial  consultant  will be as
     follows:

(a)  300,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a deemed price of US$0.001
     per share (the "Shares").

(b)  an initial payment of USD$12,500  payable upon execution of this Agreement;
     and

(c)  a monthly  consulting  fee of  USD$5,000  payable  on the first day of each
     month commencing April 1, 1999 during the Term of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

5.   In addition to the  foregoing  fees the Company  agrees,  upon request from
     time to time, to promptly reimburse Century for all out-of-pocket expenses,
     including,  but not  limited to, such costs as  printing,  telephone,  fax,
     courier  service,  copying,  accommodations  and travel and direct computer
     expenses, secretarial overtime and fees and disbursements of legal counsel.

6.   Century acknowledges that the certificates representing the Shares shall be
     subject to the resale restrictions imposed by Rule 144 as promulgated under
     the Securities Act of 1933 and shall bear the following legend:

              NO SALE,  OFFER TO SALE, OR TRANSFER OF THE SHARES  REPRESENTED BY
               THIS  CERTIFICATE  SHALL BE MADE UNLESS A REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
               UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,  IN RESPECT
               OF SUCH  SHARES  IS THEN  IN  EFFECT  OR AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  THE
               REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT IS THEN IN FACT APPLICABLE
               TO SAID SHARES.

7.   In connection  with  Century's  engagement,  the Company and its directors,
     officers,  employees,  representatives and agents will furnish Century with
     all  data,   material,   and   information   concerning  the  Company  (the
     "Information")  which  Century  reasonably  requests,  all of which will be
     accurate and complete in all material  respects at the time furnished.  The
     Company   recognizes  and  confirms  that  in  undertaking  the  engagement
     contemplated  hereby,  Century will be using and relying exclusively on the
     Information  provided by the Company without  independent  verification and
     without  performing  any  appraisal  of the  assets  or  businesses  of the
     Company.  Century is hereby  authorized to use and deliver the Information,
     and any other data obtained by Century from reliable published sources,  in
     accordance with this Agreement and without  limitation.  In connection with
     the  engagement  of Century  hereunder,  the  Company  has  entered  into a
     separate letter agreement (the  "Indemnification  Agreement"),  dated as of
     the date hereof,  providing for the  indemnification of Century and certain
     related parties by the Company.

8.   In the  performance  of  its  obligations  hereunder  Century  shall  be an
     independent  contractor of the Company.  Century shall perform the services
     enumerated  herein according to its own means and methods of work and shall
     not be subject to the control or  supervision  of the Company.  The Company
     acknowledges  that nothing in this Agreement  shall be construed to require
     Century to provide  services to the Company at any specific  time or in any
     specific place or manner.

9.   This  Agreement and the  Indemnification  Agreement  constitute  the entire
     agreement  between  us and  supersede  and take  precedence  over all prior
     agreements or understandings,  whether oral or written, between Century and
     the Company with respect to the Financing and  Acquisitions and may only be
     modified  by  written  agreement  which is  signed  by both  parties.  This
     Agreement and Indemnification  Agreement shall be governed by and construed
     in accordance  with the laws of the State of Nevada and the parties  hereto
     irrevocably attorn to the exclusive  jurisdiction of the Courts thereof and
     the Courts of Appeal  therefrom.  Should  suit be  brought to enforce  this
     Agreement or the Indemnification  Agreement,  the prevailing party shall be
     entitled to recover from the other reimbursement for reasonable  attorneys'
     fees.
<PAGE>

10.  No waiver of any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed or
     shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof and no waiver shall
     constitute a continuing  waiver.  No waiver shall be binding unless written
     notice  thereof is  delivered  by the party  making the waiver to the other
     party.

11.  The offer contained herein will expire and be of no further force or effect
     unless  accepted  in writing  prior to the close of  business  on March 31,
     1999.

12.  Century has obtained  legal advice  concerning  this  Agreement  and hereby
     requests that the Company obtain  independent  legal advice with respect to
     same before  executing  this  Agreement.  The Company,  in  executing  this
     Agreement,  represents  and warrants to Century that it has been so advised
     to obtain independent legal advice, and that prior to the execution of this
     Agreement  it has so  obtained  independent  legal  advice  or has,  in its
     discretion, knowingly and willingly elected not to do so.

13.  The Company acknowledges that Century has not and will not be providing any
     legal or  accounting  advice or  services  to the Company in respect of any
     Financing or  Acquisition  or any other matter  whatsoever  and the Company
     further acknowledges that the obtaining of all such advice and services are
     the sole responsibility of the Company.

Please confirm that the foregoing  correctly sets forth our agreement by signing
and returning to us the enclosed  duplicate copy of this Agreement together with
the retainer  check and  Indemnification  Agreement.  We look forward to working
with you and to the successful conclusion of this engagement.

                                                 Yours very truly,

                                                 CENTURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LTD.



                                                 Andrew Hromyk
                                                 President


Accepted and Agreed to as of
the       day of                 , 1999.

ILINK TELECOM, INC.


Amar Bahadoorsingh
President

<PAGE>



DELIVERED BY COURIER                                              CONFIDENTIAL


CENTURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LTD.
Suite 1910, 1177 West Hastings Street
Vancouver, British Columbia  V6E 2K3
Canada

Gentlemen:


In consideration of the agreement of Century Capital Management Ltd. ("Century")
to act on behalf of iLink Telecom, Inc. (the "Company"),  in connection with the
Financing  and the  Acquisition  (as  those  terms  are  defined  in the  letter
agreement  of  even  date  herewith  (the  Agreement")),  and  pursuant  to  the
Agreement,  we  hereby  agree  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Century,  its
affiliates, the respective directors,  officers, agents and employees of Century
and its affiliates and each person,  if any,  controlling  Century or any of its
affiliates within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933
or Section 20 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  (Century and each such
other person are hereinafter referred to as an "Indemnified  Person"),  from and
against any such losses, claims,  damages,  expenses and liabilities (or actions
in respect thereof),  joint or several,  as they may be incurred  (including all
legal  fees and  other  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  investigating,
preparing,  defending, paying, settling or compromising any claim, action, suit,
proceeding,  loss,  damage,  expense or liability,  whether or not in connection
with an action in which any Indemnified Person is a named party) to which any of
them  may  become  subject  (including  in  settlement  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding,  if such  settlement is effected with the Company's  consent,  which
consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld),  and which are related to or arise
out of Century's engagement,  the transaction contemplated by such engagement or
any  Indemnified  Person's  role in  connection  therewith,  including,  but not
limited to, any losses, claims, damages, expenses and liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arising out of, based upon or caused by any untrue statement or
alleged untrue  statement of a material fact  contained in the Private  Offering
Memorandum  (as that term is  defined in the  Agreement),  or any  amendment  or
supplement  thereto, or in any other document of the Company, or arising out of,
based upon or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state in any of them
a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to make  the
statements  in any of them not  misleading.  The Company will not,  however,  be
responsible  under the  foregoing  provisions  with respect to any loss,  claim,
damage,  expense or  liability  to the extent that a court  having  jurisdiction
shall have  determined by a final judgment (not subject to further  appeal) that
such loss, claim,  damage,  expense or liability  resulted from actions taken or
omitted  to be  taken  by  Century  due  to  its  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct.
<PAGE>

If the  indemnity  referred  to above  should  be,  for any  reason  whatsoever,
unenforceable, unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless Century
and each Indemnified Person in connection with the transaction, each Indemnified
Person shall be entitled to receive from the Company, and the Company shall pay,
contributions  for such losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities and expenses (or
actions in respect  thereof) so that each  Indemnified  Person  ultimately bears
only a portion  of such  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities,  expenses  and
actions as is  appropriate:  (i) to reflect the  relative  benefits  received by
Century on the one hand and the Company on the other hand in connection with the
transaction;  or (ii)  if the  allocation  on that  basis  is not  permitted  by
applicable law, to reflect not only the relative  benefits referred to in clause
(i) above but also the relative  fault of Century and the Company in  connection
with the actions or  omissions  to act which  resulted in such  losses,  claims,
damages,  liabilities  or  expenses,  as well as any  other  relevant  equitable
considerations;  provided,  however,  that  in  no  event  shall  the  aggregate
contribution  of  all  Indemnified  Persons  to  all  losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities, expenses and actions exceed the amount of the fee actually received
by Century pursuant to the Agreement.  The respective relative benefits received
by Century and the Company in connection  with the Agreement  shall be deemed to
be in the same  proportion  as the  aggregate  fee paid to Century in connection
with the Agreement bears to the total  consideration  received by the Company in
connection with or arising from the Agreement. The relative fault of Century and
the Company shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
actions or  omissions  to act were by Century or the  Company  and the  parties'
relative intent, knowledge,  access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such action or omission to act.

The  indemnity,  contribution  and expense  payment  obligations  of the Company
referred to above shall be in  addition to any  liability  which the Company may
otherwise  have  and  shall be  binding  upon and  inure to the  benefit  of any
successors,  assigns,  heirs and  personal  representatives  of any  Indemnified
Person and the  Company.  The Company also agrees that the  Indemnified  Persons

<PAGE>

shall have no liability to the Company or any person  asserting claims on behalf
of or in right of the Company for or in connection  with any matter  referred to
in this letter  except to the extent that any such  liability  results  from the
gross  negligence or willful  misconduct  of Century in performing  the services
that are the  subject of the  Agreement  and in no event  shall  such  liability
exceed the amount of fees actually received by Century hereunder.

                                                         Yours very truly,

                                                         ILINK TELECOM, INC



                                                          Amar Bahadoorsingh
                                                           President



Accepted and Agreed to as of
the       day of                 , 1999.

CENTURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LTD.



Andrew Hromyk
President



                             ADVANTIS OFFICE ACCESS



1.  Services.In  consideration of payment of the monthly service fee (as defined
below) and so long as Client is not in default of any of its  obligations  under
this  Agreement,  Client will be entitled to the  following  services  initialed
below at the facility located at One Sansome Street,  Suite 2000, San Francisco,
CA 94104 (the "Facility"):

( ) Corporate Mailing Address.
(a) A private mailbox for package and mail receipt.
(b) Use of the Company's mailing address and facsimile number as follows:
Street: One Sansome Street, Suite 2000 City/State/Zip:  San Francisco,  CA 94104
Facsimile: (415) 951-4653

All  communications  to Client must be marked to the  attention  of client.  The
Company  assumes no  responsibility  for  communication  not so identified.
(c) Receipt of mail and packages by Company's staff during the Company's  normal
business hours.
(d) One listing of Client's  name in the  building  directory at the building in
which the Facility is located, as follows
- --------------------------------

( ) Telephone Answering.
(a) Telephone number (s) :  _______________,  answered by Company's staff during
Company's normal business hours.
(b) Twenty four hour voice mail with remote retrieval of messages.

( ) Corporate Mailing Address and Telephone Answering.
Includes all services in Corporate Mail Address and Telephone Answering.

(X) Flextime.
(a) Includes all services in Corporate Mail Address and Telephone Answering.
(b) Use of Finished Private Office or Conference Room during the following hours
8:30 AM to 5:30 PM _.

Available with all of the above.
(a) Access to additional  services offered by Company at Company's current rates
for such services,  which Company reserves the right to change from time to time
without prior notice.
(b) Reception service at the Facility during Company's normal business hours.
(c) Kitchen facilities with coffee machine.

2. Use.  Client will use the services  described above for its business which is
described as  consulting  and for no other use. Any change of such use by Client
will be a material default hereunder and will result in immediate  forfeiture of
the Refundable  Retainer.  The Client will not make or permit to be made any use
of the Facility  that may violate  applicable  law or invalidate or increase the
premium of any policy of  insurance  carried on the  Facility or the building in
which the Facility is located or covering its  operations,  or which will suffer
or permit the  Facility  of the  building  to be used in any  manner  which will
suffer or permit the Facility or the building to be used in any manner which, in
the sole judgement of Company, will in any way impair the character,  reputation
or appearance of the Facility or the Building as a high quality office building,
or which will impair or  interfere  with any of the  services  performed  by the
Company.

3. Term. Company agrees to offer the Services described in Paragraph 1 to Client
for a period of twelve  (12)  months,  commencing  on the ______ day of _______,
199__ and ending on the ______ day of ______,  _____ (the "Initial Term").  Upon
the expiration of the Initial Term and each renewal thereof, this Agreement will
be extended  for the same  period of time as the Initial  Term and upon the same
terms and  conditions,  except  for the  Monthly  Service  Fees,  which  will be
increased  by ten  percent  (10%) from those  than in effect.  Either  party may
terminate the agreement upon thirty (30) days notice to the other.

4. Monthly  Service Fee.  Client  agrees to pay Company  during the term of this
Agreement a Monthly  Service Fee of $ _299.00_ per month in advance of the first
day of each month.

5. Refundable  Retainer.  Client will deposit with Company a Refundable Retainer
equal  to two  time  the  Monthly  Service  Fee.  Client  acknowledges  that the
Refundable  Retainer will not be maintained  in an  interest-bearing  segregated
account. In the event of any default by Client under this Agreement, Company may
apply all or any part of the  Refundable  Retainer  to cure such  default  or to
reimburse  Company for any sum which Company may spend by reason of the default.
In the case of every  such  application,  Client  will,  on  demand,  pay to the
Company the sum so applied or retained,  so the Refundable  Retainer is restored
to two times the Service Fee. The  Refundable  Retainer  will be  refundable  to
Client  within  sixty  (60) days  after the later  of:  (i)  termination  of the
Agreement;  (ii) payment of all outstanding charges payable by Client hereunder;
and(iii) the  satisfactory  performance  by Client of all its other  obligations
under this Agreement.

6. Additional Service Charges. Client will pay to Company charges for additional
services  rendered to Client upon the rendering to Client of an invoice  setting
forth the charges for  additional  services  rendered to Client during the prior
month. Such additional  charges may include,  but will not be limited to charges
for:  postage,  shipping,  delivery,  faxing,  bank charges,  telephone  charges
(including long distance,  toll or local message unit calls and applicable tax),
secretarial,  administrative,  and all other and  expenses  incurred in Client's
behalf by Company.

7. Employeesof Company.  Client agrees that it will not, during the term of this
Agreement  and for a period  of one year  thereafter,  directly  or  indirectly,
employ or offer to employ any person who is or has been an  employee  of Company
or Company's agent without prior consent from Company. If Client hires either an
employee of Company or Company's agent or any person who has been an employee of
Company or Company's agent within six months prior to the time they are hired by
Client.  Client will be liable to Company for  liquidated  damages  equal to six
months wages of the  employee,  at the rate last paid that  employee by Company.
The provisions of this paragraph will survive the expiration of this Agreement

8. Main Lease.  This  Agreement is subject and  subordinate to the main Building
lease  governing  the Facility,  under which Company is bound as tenant,  ("Main
Lease") and the  provisions  of the Main Lease,  other than as to the payment of
Monthly Service fee or other monies,  are incorporated into this Agreement as if
completely  herein  rewritten.  Client  will  comply  with  and be  bound by all
provisions of the Main Lease except that the payment of Monthly Service Fee will
be governed by the provisions of this  Agreement,  and Client will indemnify and
hold Company  harmless  from and against any claim or  liability  under the main
lease  of  Company  arising  from  Client's  breach  of the  Main  Lease or this
Agreement.

<PAGE>2


9. Client's Waiver.  Client agrees that Company is not liable to Client for: (a)
loss or damage to any document or other article by the U.S. Postal  Service,  or
any other licensed,  common or private  carrier  delivery  services:  or loss or
damage  arising  out of  services  provided by any  telephone  company.  (b) any
personal or property  injury or damage  resulting  from the acts or omissions of
Company employees,  persons leasing office space or services from Company, their
invitees  other  persons  occupying  any part of or employed in the  building of
which  Company  premises  are a part,  or their  invitees,  or for any injury or
damage to persons or property  caused by any person,  except as any such loss or
damage  arises from  willful or grossly  negligent  misconduct  by Company,  its
agents, servants, or employees.

10.  Default.  In the event of a default in the  performance of any condition or
covenant  hereof by Client  including,  but not limited  to,  payment of Monthly
Service Fees or additional  service  charges,  which default is not cured within
five (5)  business  days of notice of such  default,  the  balance  due from the
Client for the unexpired term of this Agreement will become  immediately due and
payable  and the  Company's  obligations  to  provide  services  hereunder  will
immediately cease without further notice.

11.  Remedies.Service  provided pursuant to this Agreement are without warranty,
Client's sole remedy,  and Company's sole obligation,  for any failure to render
any service,  any error or omission,  or any delay or interruptions with respect
thereto,  is limited to an adjustment to Client's  billing in an amount equal to
the charge for such services for the period during which the failure,  delay, or
interruption continues.  With the sole exception of the remedy set forth in this
paragraph,  Client expressly and specifically agrees to waive, and agrees not to
make any  claim  for  damages,  including  any  indirect,  incidental,  special,
consequential  or  punitive  damages,  arising out of any failure to furnish any
service,   any  error  or  omission  with  respect  thereto,  or  any  delay  or
interruption  of the same.  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  there  will be no such  billing  adjustment  if Client is in  default
hereunder.

12. Notices. Any notice under this Agreement will be in writing and will be sent
by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  or by any expedited service that
provides  proof of delivery,  to the last address of the party to whom notice is
to be given, as designated by such party in writing.

<PAGE>


Company hereby designates its address as:

Street: One Sansome Street, Suite 2000
City/State/Zip: San Francisco, CA 94104
Telephone:(415) 951-4600
Facsimile:(415) 951-4653

Client hereby designates its address as:

Name: Amar Bahadoorsingh                    Street: #1170-666 Borrard St.
City/State/Zip:Vancouver, BC V6C 2X8        Telephone: (604)689-3355
                                            Facsimile: (604)689-5320

Advantis Business Centers

By:
Client:
Signed:
Name (Printed):
Title:

First month fixed charges                   $ 299.00
                                            ----------------------------
Refundable Service Retainer                 $ 598.00
                                            ----------------------------
Setup fee                                   $ 100.00
                                            ---------------------------
TOTAL OPENING CHARGES                       $ 997.00
                                            ----------------------------

                               Sublease Agreement

This sublease is made between:

HyPower Fuel Inc. hereinafter referred to as the (the Sublandlord)

                                       And

I Link Telecom Inc. hereinafter referred to as the (the Subtenant)


     Whereas  GLENMAC  CORPORATION  LTD.  hereinafter  referred  to as the  (the
Landlord) and the Sublandlord have entered into a lease of premises  hereinafter
referred to as "the  premises",  as per  "Exhibit A" which a copy is attached to
this agreement;

     And whereas the Sublandlord and the Subtenant wish to enter into a Sublease
for a portion of the  premises  as per  "Exhibit  B" (office C and office E), of
which a copy is attached to this  agreement  is  hereinafter  referred to as the
"Sublease" for the balance of the term of the lease less one day;

The Sublandlord and Subtenant agree as follows;

1.   The Sublandlord, hereby subleases the premises to the Subtenant to have and
     to hold for the  balance of the term of the Lease less one day,  commencing
     on FEBRUARY 1, 1999 and terminating on March 30, 2000.

     The  Subtenant,  however,  may not assign or sublease  it's interest in the
     premises  without the consent of the Sublandlord,  which consent  expressly
     may be unreasonably withheld.

2.   The Subtenant agrees to pay, and Sublandlord  agrees to accept, as rent for
     the use and occupancy of the sublease  premises (office C and office E) and
     one parking stall, the sum of $625.00 (six hundred and twenty-five dollars)
     payable in advance of the 1st day of each month at the address specified in
     this Sublease for the services of notices to  Sublandlord  or at such other
     address as  Sublandlord  may from time to time  designate by written notice
     served upon the Subtenant.  Rent for any broken portion of a calendar month
     in which this Sublease terminates will be prorated

3.   The  Subtenant  agrees to  observe  and  perform  all of the  Sublandlord's
     covenants  in the lease part from the  payment  of the rent and  additional
     rent to the Landlord.

4.   The  Subtenant  shall be  subject,  as regards  both the  Landlord  and the
     Sublandlord  to the same  obligations  and  limitations  of liability  with
     respect to damages,  loss or injury as are set out in the Lease between the
     Landlord and Sublandlord.

<PAGE>


5.   The  Sublandlord  covenants with the Subtenant the right to quiet enjoyment
     of the  premises,  but  Subtenant  shall not  annoy,  harass,  endanger  or
     inconvenience  any other  tenant of the  building  nor  commit any act that
     might disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the building.

6.   The  provisions  of the Lease  between  the  Landlord  and the  Sublandlord
     regarding the Landlord's  remedies against the Sublandlord and the premises
     in  connection  with the  Sublandlord's  default under the Lease are hereby
     incorporated  in this Sublease for the  Sublandlord's  benefit  against the
     Subtenant and the premises in connection with the Subtenant's default under
     this Sublease.

7.   Except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  by law,  all  notices  or other
     communications  required or  permitted by this lease or by law to be served
     on or given to either  party by the other  party  shall be in  writing  and
     shall be deemed  duly  served and given when  personally  delivered  to the
     party. Sublandlord or Subtenant, to whom it is directed or, in lieu of such
     personal service,  when deposited in the Canadian mail first-class  postage
     prepaid,  addressed  to  Subtenant at the address of the premises or to the
     Sublandlord at #304-320,23rd Avenue S.W., Calgary,  Alberta T2S 0J2. Either
     party,  Sublandlord  or  Subtenant,  may change its address for purposes of
     this paragraph by giving written notice of the change to the other party in
     the  matter  provided  in this  paragraph.

8.   Should any  litigation  be commenced  between the parties to this  Sublease
     convening  the  premises,  this  Sublease  or the  rights and duties of the
     either in relation thereto, the party, Sublandlord or Subtenant, prevailing
     in such  litigation  shall be entitled to, in addition to such other relief
     as may be granted,  a reasonable sum for legal gees to be determined by the
     court in such litigation or in separate action brought for that purpose.


Executed this   1 st   day of    February        1999 in Calgary, Alberta.
              ---------        ---------------




Sublandlord       _________________
                  HyPower Fuel Inc.





Subtenant         _____________________
                  I Link Telecom Inc.




     THIS  AGREEMENT  FOR  PURCHASE AND SALE is made  effective  the 12th day of
January, 1999

BETWEEN:
                  REVERE  COMMUNICATIONS  INC., a  corporation  formed under the
                  laws of the  Province of  Alberta,  of 1160,  1122-4th  Street
                  S.W., Calgary, Alberta T2R 1M1 (the "Vendor")

                                                             OF THE FIRST PART
AND:
                  ABDE HOLDINGS  LTD., a body corporate  incorporated  under the
                  laws  of the  Province  of  British  Columbia,  of  1107-11871
                  Horseshoe Way, Richmond, British
                  Columbia V7A 5H5
                  (the "Purchaser")

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART


WHEREAS:

A.   The Vendor carries on the business of providing  prepaid  telephone calling
     card and related  telephony  services (the  "Business") at 260-4311  Viking
     Way, Richmond, B.C. and at 1160, 1122-4th Street S.W., Calgary, Alberta;

B.   The Purchaser has agreed to buy from the Vendor,  and the Vendor has agreed
     to sell to the  Purchaser,  certain of the Vendor's  property and assets of
     the  Business  on the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  hereinafter
     provided;

     NOW  THEREFORE  THIS  AGREEMENT  WITNESSETH  that in  consideration  of the
covenants, agreements, representations,  warranties and payments hereinafter set
forth and provided for, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1.   PURCHASE AND SALE

     1.1  Purchase  and  Sale of  Assets.  Relying  on the  representations  and
          warranties  set forth in Part 3 hereof,  and upon the  subject  to the
          terms and  conditions  hereof,  the  Vendor  shall  sell,  assign  and
          transfer to the Purchaser and the  Purchaser  shall  purchase from the
          Vendor on the Closing  Date the  following  property and assets of the
          Business,   namely:   (a)  All   equipment,   furnishings,   leasehold
          improvements  and machinery (the  "Equipment")  owned by the Vendor in
          connection  with  the  Business   including  without  limitation  that
          Equipment described in Schedule "A";

     (b)  The goodwill of the Business (the  "Goodwill")  including the right to
          acquire  and  transfer  (i)  the  existing  customer  base;  (ii)  the
          employment  contracts  of  key  personnel;  (iii)  existing  licensing
          agreements;  (iv) transfer of all current  copyrights and  trademarks;
          and (v) all royalties and payments for software sales and licences.
          (The property and assets described  in  Section  1.1  are hereinafter
          collectively referred to as the "Assets")

<PAGE>


     1.2  Exclusions.  Specifically  excluded from the purchase and sale herein,
          and from the  Assets  hereinbefore  described,  are cash on hand or on
          deposit and any security deposits.

2.   PURCHASE PRICE AND ALLOCATION

     2.1  Purchase Price.  The total purchase price payable for the Assets shall
          be the lesser of  $183,828.46  or the amount of the  existing  account
          payable owing to Telus  Communications  Inc.  ("Telus")  under the IVR
          Platform  Services  Agreement  (the  "Purchase  Price"),  allocated as
          follows:

                  Equipment (@ Richmond, B.C.)        $ 10,000.00
                  Equipment (@ Calgary, AB)           $ 13,000.00
                  Goodwill                            $160,828.46

It is agreed and  understood  that in the event that the Purchase  Price is less
than $183,828.46 the amount allocated to "Goodwill" will be reduced accordingly.

It is agreed and  understood  that upon closing the Purchase Price is to be paid
directly to Telus in full and final  settlement of the existing  indebtedness of
the Vendor to Telus.

Any rebates from Telus  payable after the closing date are to be for the benefit
of the Purchaser.

The Purchase Price is inclusive of any other adjustments for prepaids.

     2.2  Payment. The Purchase Price is to be paid to Telus, or, as directed by
          Telus on the closing date.


3.                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     3.1  Representations  and  Warranties  of the  Vendor.  The  Vendor  hereby
          represent  and warrant to the  Purchaser  as follows,  with the intent
          that  the  Purchaser   shall  relay  thereon  in  entering  into  this
          Agreement, and in concluding the purchase contemplated herein.

     (a)  Capacity  to Own and  Dispose of Assets.  The Vendor has the power and
          capacity  to own  and  dispose  of the  Assets,  to  enter  into  this
          Agreement and to carry out its terms to the full extent.

     (b)  Power to Carry on  Business.  The Vendor has the power to carry on the
          Business and holds all  licenses and permits  required to permit it to
          carry on the Business.

     (c)  Authority to Sell.  The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and
          the completion of the  transaction  contemplated  hereby has been duly
          and  validly  authorized  by all  necessary  action on the part of the
          Vendor,  and this  Agreement  constitutes  a legal,  valid and binding
          obligation of the Vendor enforceable  against the Vendor in accordance
          with its terms.

<PAGE>



     (d)  Sale will not cause  Default.  Neither the  execution  and delivery of
          this   Agreement,   nor  the  completion  of  the  purchase  and  sale
          contemplated herein will:

          i)   violate  any of the terms and  provisions  of any order,  decree,
               statute, by-law, regulation,  covenant, restriction applicable to
               the Vendor or any of the Assets;

          ii)  give any person the right to terminate  or cancel any  instrument
               relating to the Assets or remove any of the Assets; or

          iii) result in any fees, duties,  taxes,  assessments or other amounts
               relating  to any of the  Assets  becoming  due or  payable by the
               Purchaser other than Social Services Tax payable by the Purchaser
               in connection with the purchase and sale of the Assets situate in
               the Province of British Columbia.

     (e)  Assets. At Closing the Vendor will own and possess and have a good and
          marketable  title  to the  Assets,  free and  clear of all  mortgages,
          liens,  charges,  pledges,  security interests,  encumbrances or other
          claims whatsoever save and except:

              Lease of Calgary Switch from Newcourt Financial Ltd.

     (f)  Equipment. All of the Equipment is in good working condition.

     (g)  Books and Records.  The Vendor has maintained books, records and files
          that relate to the  Business  and such  books,  records and files have
          been  maintained  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
          principles  and,  to the best of the  knowledge  of the  Vendor,  such
          books, records and files contain no material errors or omissions.

     (h)  Terms of  Employment.  There are no  written  contracts  with  persons
          employed in  connection  with the  Business  governing  conditions  of
          employment  except for Randall Walrond and the Vendor has no employees
          who cannot be dismissed on not more than one month's notice.

     (i)  Collective  Agreements.  The  Vendor is not a party to any  collective
          agreement  relating  to the  Business  with any labour  union or other
          association  of  employees,  and no  part  of the  Business  has  been
          certified as a unit appropriate for collective bargaining.

     (j)  Litigation.  There is no litigation or  administrative or governmental
          proceeding  or inquiry  pending,  or to the  knowledge  of the Vendor,
          threatened  against or relating to the  Business or any of the Assets,
          nor does the Vendor know of or have  reasonable  grounds for believing
          that there is any basis for any such action, proceeding or inquiry.

     (k)  Conformity with Laws. All  governmental  licenses and permits required
          for the  conduct  in the  ordinary  course  of the  operations  of the
          Business  and the uses to which the  Assets  have been put,  have been
          obtained and are in good standing and such conduct and uses are not in
          breach of any statute, by-law, regulation, covenant, restriction, plan
          or permit.

     (l)  Social  Services  Tax. The Vendor has not accrued any  liability  with
          respect to Social Service Taxes owing for the period ended January 12,
          1999;

<PAGE>

     (m)  Goods and Service Tax. The Vendor is not liable for the payment of any
          tax  pursuant  to Part IX of the Excise Tax Act to which the Vendor is
          not entitled to an input tax credit.

     (n)  Government  Taxes and  Remittances.  The Vendor is current and in good
          standing  for all  taxes  or  other  governmental  remittances  due or
          payable to Revenue Canada for Income Tax,  G.S.T.  and employee source
          deductions;  and under the following  British  Columbia Acts and their
          Alberta  counterparts:  the Social  Services Tax Act;  the  Employment
          Standards  Act; the  Corporation  Capital Tax Act,  and, the Workmen's
          Compensation Act.

     (o)  Accuracy of Representations.  No certificate furnished by or on behalf
          of the  Vendor to the  Purchaser  at the  Closing  in  respect  of the
          representations,  warranties  or covenants  of the Vendor  herein will
          contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state a
          material fact  necessary to make the statement  contained  therein not
          misleading.

     (p)  Canadian  Resident.  The  Vendor is a  resident  of Canada  within the
          meaning of the Income Tax Act.

     (q)  No Commission  Payable by the  Purchaser.  The Vendor  confirms to the
          Purchaser  that in the event  that any  commission  is payable on this
          purchase and sale that the Vendor shall pay any and all commission and
          will save harmless the Purchaser from any and all costs and expense.


4.   COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

     4.1  Consents.  The  Vendor  shall  diligently  take all  reasonable  steps
          required  to  obtain  all  necessary  consents  and  approvals  to the
          assignment  of the Assets  before  and,  to the extent in his sole and
          absolute  discretion  the  Purchaser  shall agree to completion of the
          purchase  and sale prior to  obtaining  any such  consent or approval,
          after the Closing.  The Purchaser  will, at the request of the Vendor,
          execute and deliver such  applications for consent and such assumption
          agreements  (subject to the  Purchaser's  approval of the form thereof
          acting  reasonably),  and provide such information as may be necessary
          to obtain the consents and  approvals  and will assist and  co-operate
          with the Vendor in obtaining the said consents and approvals.

     4.2  Goods and  Services  Tax.  The  Vendor  and  Purchaser  shall  file an
          election in  prescribed  form with the  Minister  of National  Revenue
          pursuant to s. 167 of Part IX of the Excise Tax Act of Canada.

     4.3  Sales Tax.  The  Purchaser  shall pay all  provincial  sales taxes and
          registration  charges and transfer fees  properly  payable upon and in
          connection  with the sale and  transfer of the Assets by the Vendor to
          the Purchaser.

     4.4  Termination  of  Employees.  The  Vendor  will at the time of  closing
          terminate the employment of all employees, and shall pay all wages and
          salaries and  termination pay and also amounts due in lieu of holidays
          up to and  including  the  Closing  Date and will  indemnify  and save
          harmless the Purchaser  from and against all claims by any employee of
          the Vendor of the wages, salaries, bonuses, pension or other benefits,
          severance  pay,  notice or pay in lieu of notice  and  holiday  pay in
          respect of any period prior to the time of closing.


<PAGE>


     4.5  Payment  of  Suppliers.  The  Vendor  will  pay  all  wholesalers  and
          suppliers  to the Vendor up to and  including  the date of closing and
          will  indemnify and save  harmless the Purchaser  from and against all
          claims by any wholesaler or supplier in respect of any period prior to
          the time of closing.

     4.6  Vendor's  Covenants of Indemnity.  The Vendor will  indemnify and hold
          harmless the Purchaser from and against:

          (a)  all  liabilities  and  obligations   relative  to  the  Business,
               including,  without  limitation,  all liabilities and obligations
               relating to his employees,  contingent or otherwise,  existing at
               the time of Closing which are not expressly  agreed to be assumed
               by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement;

          (b)  any  and  all   damage   or   deficiency   resulting   from   any
               misrepresentation,  breach of warranty or  nonfulfillment  of any
               covenant on the part of the Vendor  herein  contained or from any
               misrepresentation  in or omission from any  certificate  or other
               instrument   furnished  or  to  be  furnished  to  the  Purchaser
               hereunder; and

          (c)  any and all actions, suits,  proceedings,  demands,  assessments,
               judgments,  costs and legal and other expenses incident to any of
               the foregoing.

     4.7  Purchaser's  Covenants of Indemnity.  The Purchaser will indemnify and
          hold harmless the Vendor from and against:

          (a)  all  liabilities  and  obligations   relative  to  the  Business,
               including,  without  limitation,  all liabilities and obligations
               relating to his  employees,  contingent or  otherwise,  resulting
               from and after  the time of  Closing  which  are being  expressly
               agreed to be assumed by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement;

          (b)  any  and  all   damage   or   deficiency   resulting   from   any
               misrepresentation,  breach of warranty or  nonfulfillment  of any
               covenant on the part of the  Purchaser  herein  contained or from
               any  misrepresentation  in or omission  from any  certificate  or
               other  instrument  furnished  or to be  furnished  to the  Vendor
               hereunder; and

          (c)  any and all actions, suits,  proceedings,  demands,  assessments,
               judgments,  costs and legal and other expenses incident to any of
               the foregoing.

     4.8  Material Contracts Assumed. Except for the capital lease with Newcourt
          Financial  Ltd. for the Calgary  switch and as expressly  agreed under
          Paragraph 6.2 the only contracts being assumed by the Purchaser are as
          follows:  nil Without  limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  the
          Purchaser  is not assuming the lease of either the Richmond or Calgary
          premises in which the Business is presently  situate and undertakes to
          have the Equipment removed from such premises by no later than 30 days
          following the Closing Date.

     4.9  Offer  Employment.  The Purchaser  covenants  with the Vendor to offer
          employment to Randall Walrond and Rick Villaneuva.
<PAGE>


     4.10 Transitional.  The Vendor shall  cooperate fully with the Purchaser in
          connection with the assignment of any contracts and licences.

5.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     5.1  Survival of  Representations,  Warranties and Covenants of the Vendor.
          All representations,  warranties, covenants and agreements made by the
          Vendor  in  this  Agreement  or  pursuant  hereto  shall  survive  the
          completion of the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement and,
          notwithstanding  such completion or any investigation at any time made
          by or on behalf of the  Purchaser,  shall  continue  in full force and
          effect   for  the   benefit   of  the   Purchaser.   5.2   Purchaser's
          Representations,   Warranties  and  Covenants.   All  representations,
          warranties,  covenants  and  agreements  made by the Purchaser in this
          Agreement or pursuant hereto shall, unless otherwise expressly stated,
          survive  the  completion  of the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
          Agreement and, notwithstanding such completion or any investigation at
          any time made by or on behalf of the  Vendor,  shall  continue in full
          force and effect for the benefit of the Vendor.

6.   CLOSING ARRANGEMENTS

     6.1  Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the purchaser and
          sale of the Assets shall be completed at a closing (the  "Closing") on
          January 12, 1999, or such other time as may be mutually agreed upon in
          writing by the Vendor and the Purchaser.

     6.2  Documents  to  be  delivered  at  the  Closing.  At  the  Closing  and
          concurrently  with the  delivery  of payment  for the  balance due and
          payable  upon  Closing,  the  Vendor  shall  deliver  or  cause  to be
          delivered to the Purchaser:

     (a)  all deeds of conveyance,  bills of sale,  transfer and  assignments in
          form  and  content   satisfactory  to  the   Purchaser's   solicitors,
          appropriate  to  effectively  vest  good and  marketable  title to the
          Assets in the Purchaser to the extent  contemplated by this Agreement,
          and immediately  registerable in all places where registration of such
          instruments is required;

     (b)  the election in prescribed form referred to in paragraphs 4.2;

     (c)  opinion  letter from the Vendor's  solicitor  stating that the sale is
          not in contravention of any securities regulations;

     (d)  waiver or an  assignment by Telus to the Purchaser of the IVR Platform
          Services Agreement;

     (e)  Bill of Sale Absolute of the Assets in Richmond and in Calgary;

     (f)  All records relating to existing customers of the Vendor;

     (g)  Cancellation of the employment  contracts of key personnel as follows:
          Rick Villaneuva and Randall Walrond;

<PAGE>

     (h)  Assignment of all existing licensing agreements including the right to
          continue   negotiations   to  acquire  card  rights  for  Playboy  and
          Lucasfilms;

     (i)  Assignment  of all current  copyrights  and  trademarks  including the
          "Revere" trademark and the rights to the following  domains:  ivr.com,
          revere.ca and ivr-interactive.com;

     (j)  Assignment  of all  royalties  and  payments  for  software  sale  and
          licenses  including  the  payments  of Revere  Voice Mail by  Okanagan
          Telephone Co. Ltd.;

     (k)  Assumption of the  lease/financing  agreement with Newcourt  Financial
          Ltd.  for the Calgary  switch  including  the buy-out  rights upon the
          termination of such lease;

     (l)  Certified copies of such resolutions of the shareholders and directors
          of the Vendor as are required to be passed to authorize the execution,
          delivery and  implementation of this Agreement and of all documents to
          be delivered by the Vendor pursuant thereto;

     (m)  Such other documentation as the Purchaser's  solicitors may reasonably
          request.

     6.3  Possession.  The  Purchaser  shall be  entitled to  possession  of the
          Assets at 12:00 noon on January 12, 1999.


7.   GENERAL PROVISIONS


     7.1  Further  Assurances.  Upon  completion  of the Closing this  Agreement
          shall without  further act or formality  operate as an actual transfer
          and  conveyance  to the  Purchaser  of title to all the Assets but the
          Vendor and the Purchaser hereby covenant and agree that they will from
          time to time thereafter  execute and do all such further acts,  deeds,
          transfers,  assurances,  matters  and  things as may be  necessary  to
          transfer to and vest in the  Purchaser all or any of the Assets and to
          give  to the  Vendor  and  the  Purchaser  the  full  benefit  of this
          Agreement.  For greater certainty, it is hereby agreed that, following
          Closing,  the Vendor shall hold all of the Assets,  to the extent that
          the same shall not have been effectually  transferred to the Purchaser
          by or pursuant to this Agreement,  in trust for and as the property of
          the Purchaser.

     7.2  Time of the Essence. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.


     7.3  No Assignment.  This  Agreement and the rights and  obligations of any
          party  hereunder  may not be  assigned  without  the  express  written
          consent of the other parties.

     7.4  Amendments.  This Agreement may only be modified or amended by written
          agreement duly executed by the parties.

     7.5  Notices.  Except as otherwise  provided herein, any notice required or
          permitted  to be given  hereunder by any party shall be deemed to have
          been well and sufficiently given if mailed by prepaid registered mail,
          or sent by  facsimile  machine  ("faxed")  to, or  delivered  at,  the
          address of the party to whom it is directed  hereinbefore  set out, or
          at such other  reasonable  address at which  personal  delivery may be
          effected  as such party may from time to time give  notice of, and any
          such notice shall be deemed to have been received, if mailed, 72 hours
          after the time of mailng,  and if delivered or faxed, upon the date of
          delivery or faxing.  If normal mail service or fax service is impaired
          by strike, slowdown, forced majeure or other cause, then a notice sent
          by the  impaired  means  of  communication  will be  deemed  not to be
          received  utnil  actually  received,  and the party sending the notcie
          shall utilize  another  unimpaired  means of  communications  or shall
          deliver such notice in order to ensure prompt receipt thereof.

     7.6  Headings and  Divisions.  The divisions of this  Agreement into Parts,
          paragraphs  and  subparagraphs  and the  insertion of headings are for
          convenience  of reference  only and shall not affect the  structure or
          interpretation of this Agreement.

     7.7  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be  contrued  and  enforced in
          accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia, the laws
          of the Province of Alberta and the laws of Canada  applicable  therein
          and shall be treated in all respects as a British Columbia contract.

     7.8  Severability.  In the event that any  provisions of this  Agreement or
          any part of any  provision  shall be held to be  invalid,  illegal  or
          unenforceable,   it  shall  not  affect  the  validity,   legality  or
          enforceability  of any other  provision  or portion of a provision  of
          this Agreement.

     7.9  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and the  instruments  referred to
          herein  constitute  the entire  Agreement  between  the  parties  with
          respect  to  the  subject   matter  hereof  and  supersede  all  prior
          agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral
          or  written,  between  the  parties,  and  there  are  no  warranties,
          conditions, representations or other between the parties in connection
          with the  subject  matter  hereof  except  as  specifically  set forth
          herein.

     7.10 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and everything contained herein
          shall enure to the benefit of and be binding  upon the parties  hereto
          and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,  successors and
          permitted assigns.

     7.11 Counterpart  Execution.  This Agreement may be executed in couterparts
          and such counterparts together shall constitute a single agreement.

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement
the day and year first above-written.


WITNESS:                                       REVERE COMMUNICATIONS INC. by
                                               its authorized signatory:




                                                ------------------------------
                                                Danny Alex, CEO




WITNESS:                                        ABDE HOLDINGS LTD.. by its
                                                authorized signatory:




                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Amar Bahadoorsingh, President

<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE "A"



                 EQUIPMENT, FURNISHINGS, LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
                                  ("Equipment")

Part I - at Richmond, B.C.

Computer System and Hardware

         File Server with Monitor
         Web Server
         Voice Mail Server (4 port)
         Service Bureau Server (12 port with Fax)
         2 Misc. Systems
         2 Office Systems with Monitor
         2 Development Systems with Monitor
         Printer
         Scanner
         AT & T Telecom Switch (without license) with Monitor
         3 Drive External RAID Chassis and Drives
         Fax Machine
         Inkjet Printer
         2-12 Port Network Hubs
         19" Rack System
         VGA/Mouse Digital Switch Box
         Misc. Voice Boards



Furniture and Fixtures

         Boardroom Table
         6 Boardroom Chairs
         2 "Mahogany" Desks
         2 "Mahogany" File Cabinets
         2 Office Desks
         5 Steno Chairs
         Lateral File Cabinet
         Trade Show Booth
         NEC 2000 Telephone Phone System w. 4 sets
         Miscellaneous Office Equipment (incl. cutter, binding machine,
         laminator, label
         machine)

<PAGE>


Part II - at Calgary, AB

Computer System and Hardware

         Domain  Controller/File  Server with  Monitor ISDN Switch with 24 Voice
         Resources/48 Network Resources T-1 Switch (Telephony Experts 24 Voice -
         (leased)  Resources/48 Network Resources 19" Rack 5 Drive External RAID
         Chassis and Drives Accton Network Hub Ascend Pipeline Router  VGA/Mouse
         Digital Switch Box
         5 Full Size Tower Pentium 100 Computers w. 64M Ram and network cards (1
         w. damaged  power supply) 5 Mini Tower Pentium 100 Computers w. 32M Ram
         and  network/sound  cards 1 Mini Tower  Pentium 233 Computer w. 32M Ram
         and  network/sound  cards and CD Rom. 5 - 14" SVGA Monitors 1 - 14" VGA
         Monitor 1 - 17" SVGA Monitor 2 US Robotics modems 1 Ascend ISDN modem 1
         - 10 port hub Miscellaneous spare parts Telephone Cards
                  7 - dialogic D41/D 2 - dialogic 4D 1 - dialogic 12 port
         NEC telephone system w. 5 sets





May 24, 1999

Mr. Amar Bahadoorsingh
iLink Telecom Inc.
Suite 1170 666 Burrard Street
Vancouver, B.C.  V6C 2X8

RE:  Telephony Experts' Talking NT Enterprise SQL with DM3 Quotation

Dear Amar:

Randall Walrond has forwarded us information concerning your immediate needs for
a two node  Talking NT  Enterprise  SQL  network.  Below,  we have  detailed the
necessary  components  in order to make up the  network  and have  applied  very
favorable pricing based on the synergy we wish to create with you.

 In return for the deeply  discounted  price level,  we request  that  Telephony
Experts and iLink Telecom  participate  in a joint press release  discussing the
network  configuration,  technology used and our working relationship.  We would
also like to highlight iLink in our Customer  Spotlight section of the Telephony
Experts  web  site,  and  request  a link  from  your  site  listing  us as your
technology  partner.  Telephony  Experts also requests access to the network for
demonstration purposes (time available to be determined).

Talking NT Enterprise SQL 72 Port Software License with Dialogic Hardware
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>

                       Description                                                Quantity
   ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
    Dialogic D240SC-2T1 (supports one inbound and one                                     1
                      outbound T-1)
   ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
   DM/IPZ431A-T1 24 Port Board (supports 24 channels of                                   1
                      Voice over IP)
  ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
   Talking NT Enterprise SQL 72 Port License (Debit Card)                                 1
   ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
                Talking NT Enterprise SQL                                                 1
   ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
         Total list price (not including shipping                                $47,439.00
                         charges)
   ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
          iLink Telecom discounted Pricing (not                                  $29,755.00
               including shipping charges)                                       (per node)
  ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Please advise us of your time line so that the necessary  Dialogic  hardware can
be ordered.  Dialogic does experience random delays and back orders from time to
time.  We look  forward to being your  technology  partner  and  appreciate  the
opportunity.

Sincerely,


Chris Heim






August 9, 1999


Board of Directors
iLink Telecom, Inc.
1177 West Hastings Street, Ste. 1910
Vancouver, BC  V6E 2K3

               Re:    Common Stock of iLink Telecom, Inc.
                      Registered on Form SB-2 filed August 9, 1999

Gentlemen:

     We act as securities  counsel to iLink  Telecom,  Inc. (the  "Company"),  a
Nevada corporation, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"), of  approximately  58,000 shares of
the Company's  Common Stock (the "Shares"),  all of which may be issued upon the
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and resold, as further described in a
registration  statement  on Form  SB-2  filed  under  the  Securities  Act  (the
"Registration Statement") on August 9, 1999.

     For the  purpose of  rendering  this  opinion,  we  examined  originals  or
photostatic copies of such documents as we deemed to be relevant.  In conducting
our  examination,  we assumed,  without  investigation,  the  genuineness of all
signatures,  the  correctness  of  all  certificates,  the  authenticity  of all
documents submitted to us as originals,  the conformity to original documents of
all  documents  submitted  to us as  certified  or  photostatic  copies  and the
authenticity of the originals of such copies,  and the accuracy and completeness
of all records made  available to us by the Company.  In addition,  in rendering
this  opinion,  we assumed  that the Shares will be offered in the manner and on
the terms identified or referred to in the prospectus,  including all amendments
thereto.

     Our  opinion  is  limited  solely to matters  set forth  herein.  Attorneys
practicing in this firm are admitted to practice in the State of California  and
we express no  opinion as to the laws of any other  jurisdiction  other than the
laws of the State of Nevada and the laws of the United States.

     Based upon and subject to the  foregoing,  after  giving due regard to such
issues of law as we deemed  relevant,  and  assuming  that (i) the  Registration

<PAGE>


May 3, 1999
Page 2


Statement becomes and remainseffective, and the prospectus which is part thereof
(the "Prospectus"), and the Prospectus delivery procedures with respect thereto,
fulfill all of the  requirements of the Securities  Act,  throughout all periods
relevant to the  opinion,  and (ii) all offers and sales of the Shares have been
and will be made in compliance  with the securities  laws of the states,  having
jurisdiction  thereof,  we are of the opinion  that the  Shares,  offered by the
Selling Shareholders have been, and the Shares to be issued upon the exercise of
Warrants for adequate  consideration  will be, validly  issued,  fully paid, and
non-assessable.

     We hereby consent in writing to the use of our opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and any amendment thereto.

                                              Sincerely yours,

                                              BARTEL ENG LINN & SCHRODER


                                             /s/ ROGER D. LINN
                                             ----------------------
                                                Roger D. Linn


                         Consent of Independent Auditors



We consent to the  reference to our firm under the caption  "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated April 16, 1999 in the Registration Statement (Form SB-2)
and related Prospectus of iLink Telecom,  Inc. for the registration of shares of
its  common  stock to be  offered  for resale  upon  conversion  of 145 Series A
Preferred stock.


                                                 /s/  ERNST & YOUNG LLP
                                                      ---------------------

                                                      Chartered Accountants

Vancouver, Canada
August 6, 1999.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission